Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

a+worthy+cause

  • 41 מנה

    מני, מָנָה(b. h.) to divide, distribute; to count. Bekh IX, 7 ומוֹנֶה בשבט אחדוכ׳ (Bab. ed. 58b ומונין א׳) and he counts with the rod, one, two Ib. מְנָאָם רביצין if he counted them while they were crouching. Shebu.34a bot. מָנֶה מָנִיתִי לךוכ׳ (not מְנִיתִיךָ, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) I counted (delivered) to thee a Maneh (as a loan) in the presence ; ib.b R. Hash. 12a חכמי ישראל מוֹנִין למבולוכ׳ the Jewish scholars count the dates of the flood in accordance with R. El. (beginning the year with Tishri), and the astronomical calendar in accordance with R. J. (beginning with Nisan). Pesik. R. s. 15, beg. אין מונין ללבנהוכ׳ we count by the moon (fix the date of the new month) only when seen after sunset. Succ.29a, a. fr. מונין ללבנה regulate the seasons by the moon (have a lunar year). Men. 65b, a. e. מְנֵה ימיםוכ׳ count the required number of days and proclaim (one day as) the New Moon Day. Yoma V, 3; a. fr.Part. pass. מָנוּי; f. מְנוּיָה; pl. מְנוּיִים, מְנוּיִין, מְנוּיִן; מְנוּיוֹת a) counted. Taan.8b דבר המ׳ that which has been counted (is known by number). Bekh.IX, 7 אחד מן המ׳ one of the sheep already counted.b) classified; (pl.) class. Ḥag.17b מה חדש למְנוּיָיו אף עצרת למְנוּיָיו ( עצרת = שבוע של ע׳) as the New Moon festival belongs to its class (of days), so does the Pentecost (which is determined by counting weeks) belong to its class (of weeks), i. e. the pilgrims sacrifice ( חגיגה) may be offered during the entire eighth week from Passover; R. Hash. 5a למְנוּיָו.c) (v. Nif.) entered for a share in the sacrifice. Zeb.V, 8 אינו נאכל אלא למנויו can be partaken of only by those registered for it. Pes.V, 3 (61a) שחטו שלא לאוכליו ושלא למנוייו (Bab. ed. למנויו) if while slaughtering he had in mind such as were unable to partake of it (sick persons) or such as had not been registered for it. Ib. 61a bot. איתקש אוכלין למנויין (Ms. M. אוכליו למנוייו) the partakers (to be held in mind) are analogous to the registered. Ib. 70a אינה … למְנוּיֶהָ Ms. M. (ed. incorr. למנוייו, למנויו) it (the pilgrims sacrifice) can only be partaken of by those registered for it; a. fr. Nif. נִמְנֶה, נִי׳ 1) to be counted. Num. R. s. 1 אינן נִמְנִים ולא נמדדין are neither numbered nor measured. Bets.3b, a. e. את שדרכו לִימָּנוֹת, v. אֵת. Gitt.V, 6 נִמְנוּ (usu. נמנו וגמרו) they (their votes) were counted, they resolved, v. גָּמַר II; a. fr. 2) to be counted on for a share in the Passover lamb, to be registered (Ex. 12:4). Pes.VIII, 3 לעולם נִימְנִין עליווכ׳ persons may continually be entered for a share in it, as long as there remains for each Ib. נימנין ומושכיןוכ׳ they may be entered and withdraw again. Ib. 89a אבל לִימָּנוֹת but as for registering (additional names). Tosef. ib. VII, 7 רצו להמשך ולהִמָּנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. incorr.) if some of them wish to withdraw and have others entered on their share ; a. fr. 3) to be specified. Y.Taan.IV, 68b (ref. to Mish. IV, 5) מה ראה … להִימָּנוֹת what reason was there for that specification of the time when each family of priests and the people had to offer wood?; Y.Shek.IV, beg.47d; Y.Meg.I, 70c top. Hif. הִמְנָה, הִי׳ to cause to be entered; to add to the number of sharers; to transmit ones share to another person. Y.Pes.VIII, 36a top חי׳ אותו על חנם he gave him a share gratuitously. Tosef. ib. l. c. בני חבורה שרצו להַמְנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. לַמְנוֹת) members of a party who desire to give others a share in their own portion. Ib. המַמְנֶה אחרים על חלקו (ed. Zuck. פסחו) he who assigns to others a share in his portion; a. fr. Hof. הוּמְנֶה to be added to the number; to be entered as a member of a group or of a family. Tosef. ib. 3 ה׳ על אחד מהם if he (the orphan) has been entered as his guest by one of the guardians. Ib. 6 בני חבורה שהוּמְנוּוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (oth. ed. שנמנו) members of a group who have been entered (in a body) in addition to the original participants; a. e. Pi. מִנָּה, מִי׳ to appoint, elect. Gitt.V, 4 שמי׳ להן אביהןוכ׳ for whom their father had appointed an executor. Ib. שמִינָּהוּ אביוכ׳ whom the father … has appointed. Taan.10b כל שראוי למַנּיתיוכ׳ who is worthy to be elected manager ; a. fr.Part. pass. מְמוּנֶּה; pl. מְמוּנִּים. Sot.42a למה סגן ממ׳ for what purpose is a deputy high priest appointed?; Yoma 39a מימינו ed. (corr. acc.; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); a. fr.Hor.13b שאביהם ממונים פרנסוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שממ׳ אביהם, = מן הממונים) whose father is of those worthy to be elected manager (v. Taan. l. c.).V. מְמוּנֶּה.Esp. to ordain as teacher and judge. Y.Snh.I, 19a bot. ב״ד שמי׳ שלאוכ׳ a court that ordained without the consent of the Nasi. Ib. היה כל אחד מְמַנֶּהוכ׳ each teacher used to ordain his own pupils; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְמַנֶּה, Nithpa. נִתְמַנֶּה 1) to be appointed, designated as deputy, to be ordained. Sifra Aḥăré Par. 5, ch. VIII לרבות כהן אחר המִתְמַנֶּה to imply the other priest that is designated as a deputy. Y.Bicc.III, 65d top חכםשנ׳וכ׳ when a scholar is ordained, his sins are forgiven. Ib. זה שהוא מתמ׳ בכסףוכ׳ (not מתמני) before him who has been ordained for money, we must not stand up, nor do we call him rabbi, and the cloak upon him is like the cover of ass. Yoma 22b. Y.Shek.V, 48d bot. מאי אם זהשנ׳ על … אתם שאתם מִתְמַכִּיןוכ׳ if this one appointed superintendent of wicks, was privileged to be counted among the great of the generation, how much more you who are to be appointed over the preservation of lives (as directors of charities). R. Hash. II, 9 (25a) שנִתְמַנּוּב״ד עלוכ׳ Ms. O. (ed. שעמדו, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 90) who have been ordained as a court for all Israel; a. fr. 2) (of things) to be assigned. Tosef.Sot.VII, 20 נִתְמַנָּה לאדם פרנסהוכ׳ if a livelihood has been assigned to a man (by Providence, i. e. if he has succeeded in establishing a livelihood), he must buy a house; חזר נ׳ לו יקחוכ׳ (v. ed. Zuckerm. note) if more has been provided for him, he must buy a field … and then marry a wife.

    Jewish literature > מנה

  • 42 מָנָה

    מני, מָנָה(b. h.) to divide, distribute; to count. Bekh IX, 7 ומוֹנֶה בשבט אחדוכ׳ (Bab. ed. 58b ומונין א׳) and he counts with the rod, one, two Ib. מְנָאָם רביצין if he counted them while they were crouching. Shebu.34a bot. מָנֶה מָנִיתִי לךוכ׳ (not מְנִיתִיךָ, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) I counted (delivered) to thee a Maneh (as a loan) in the presence ; ib.b R. Hash. 12a חכמי ישראל מוֹנִין למבולוכ׳ the Jewish scholars count the dates of the flood in accordance with R. El. (beginning the year with Tishri), and the astronomical calendar in accordance with R. J. (beginning with Nisan). Pesik. R. s. 15, beg. אין מונין ללבנהוכ׳ we count by the moon (fix the date of the new month) only when seen after sunset. Succ.29a, a. fr. מונין ללבנה regulate the seasons by the moon (have a lunar year). Men. 65b, a. e. מְנֵה ימיםוכ׳ count the required number of days and proclaim (one day as) the New Moon Day. Yoma V, 3; a. fr.Part. pass. מָנוּי; f. מְנוּיָה; pl. מְנוּיִים, מְנוּיִין, מְנוּיִן; מְנוּיוֹת a) counted. Taan.8b דבר המ׳ that which has been counted (is known by number). Bekh.IX, 7 אחד מן המ׳ one of the sheep already counted.b) classified; (pl.) class. Ḥag.17b מה חדש למְנוּיָיו אף עצרת למְנוּיָיו ( עצרת = שבוע של ע׳) as the New Moon festival belongs to its class (of days), so does the Pentecost (which is determined by counting weeks) belong to its class (of weeks), i. e. the pilgrims sacrifice ( חגיגה) may be offered during the entire eighth week from Passover; R. Hash. 5a למְנוּיָו.c) (v. Nif.) entered for a share in the sacrifice. Zeb.V, 8 אינו נאכל אלא למנויו can be partaken of only by those registered for it. Pes.V, 3 (61a) שחטו שלא לאוכליו ושלא למנוייו (Bab. ed. למנויו) if while slaughtering he had in mind such as were unable to partake of it (sick persons) or such as had not been registered for it. Ib. 61a bot. איתקש אוכלין למנויין (Ms. M. אוכליו למנוייו) the partakers (to be held in mind) are analogous to the registered. Ib. 70a אינה … למְנוּיֶהָ Ms. M. (ed. incorr. למנוייו, למנויו) it (the pilgrims sacrifice) can only be partaken of by those registered for it; a. fr. Nif. נִמְנֶה, נִי׳ 1) to be counted. Num. R. s. 1 אינן נִמְנִים ולא נמדדין are neither numbered nor measured. Bets.3b, a. e. את שדרכו לִימָּנוֹת, v. אֵת. Gitt.V, 6 נִמְנוּ (usu. נמנו וגמרו) they (their votes) were counted, they resolved, v. גָּמַר II; a. fr. 2) to be counted on for a share in the Passover lamb, to be registered (Ex. 12:4). Pes.VIII, 3 לעולם נִימְנִין עליווכ׳ persons may continually be entered for a share in it, as long as there remains for each Ib. נימנין ומושכיןוכ׳ they may be entered and withdraw again. Ib. 89a אבל לִימָּנוֹת but as for registering (additional names). Tosef. ib. VII, 7 רצו להמשך ולהִמָּנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. incorr.) if some of them wish to withdraw and have others entered on their share ; a. fr. 3) to be specified. Y.Taan.IV, 68b (ref. to Mish. IV, 5) מה ראה … להִימָּנוֹת what reason was there for that specification of the time when each family of priests and the people had to offer wood?; Y.Shek.IV, beg.47d; Y.Meg.I, 70c top. Hif. הִמְנָה, הִי׳ to cause to be entered; to add to the number of sharers; to transmit ones share to another person. Y.Pes.VIII, 36a top חי׳ אותו על חנם he gave him a share gratuitously. Tosef. ib. l. c. בני חבורה שרצו להַמְנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. לַמְנוֹת) members of a party who desire to give others a share in their own portion. Ib. המַמְנֶה אחרים על חלקו (ed. Zuck. פסחו) he who assigns to others a share in his portion; a. fr. Hof. הוּמְנֶה to be added to the number; to be entered as a member of a group or of a family. Tosef. ib. 3 ה׳ על אחד מהם if he (the orphan) has been entered as his guest by one of the guardians. Ib. 6 בני חבורה שהוּמְנוּוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (oth. ed. שנמנו) members of a group who have been entered (in a body) in addition to the original participants; a. e. Pi. מִנָּה, מִי׳ to appoint, elect. Gitt.V, 4 שמי׳ להן אביהןוכ׳ for whom their father had appointed an executor. Ib. שמִינָּהוּ אביוכ׳ whom the father … has appointed. Taan.10b כל שראוי למַנּיתיוכ׳ who is worthy to be elected manager ; a. fr.Part. pass. מְמוּנֶּה; pl. מְמוּנִּים. Sot.42a למה סגן ממ׳ for what purpose is a deputy high priest appointed?; Yoma 39a מימינו ed. (corr. acc.; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); a. fr.Hor.13b שאביהם ממונים פרנסוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שממ׳ אביהם, = מן הממונים) whose father is of those worthy to be elected manager (v. Taan. l. c.).V. מְמוּנֶּה.Esp. to ordain as teacher and judge. Y.Snh.I, 19a bot. ב״ד שמי׳ שלאוכ׳ a court that ordained without the consent of the Nasi. Ib. היה כל אחד מְמַנֶּהוכ׳ each teacher used to ordain his own pupils; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְמַנֶּה, Nithpa. נִתְמַנֶּה 1) to be appointed, designated as deputy, to be ordained. Sifra Aḥăré Par. 5, ch. VIII לרבות כהן אחר המִתְמַנֶּה to imply the other priest that is designated as a deputy. Y.Bicc.III, 65d top חכםשנ׳וכ׳ when a scholar is ordained, his sins are forgiven. Ib. זה שהוא מתמ׳ בכסףוכ׳ (not מתמני) before him who has been ordained for money, we must not stand up, nor do we call him rabbi, and the cloak upon him is like the cover of ass. Yoma 22b. Y.Shek.V, 48d bot. מאי אם זהשנ׳ על … אתם שאתם מִתְמַכִּיןוכ׳ if this one appointed superintendent of wicks, was privileged to be counted among the great of the generation, how much more you who are to be appointed over the preservation of lives (as directors of charities). R. Hash. II, 9 (25a) שנִתְמַנּוּב״ד עלוכ׳ Ms. O. (ed. שעמדו, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 90) who have been ordained as a court for all Israel; a. fr. 2) (of things) to be assigned. Tosef.Sot.VII, 20 נִתְמַנָּה לאדם פרנסהוכ׳ if a livelihood has been assigned to a man (by Providence, i. e. if he has succeeded in establishing a livelihood), he must buy a house; חזר נ׳ לו יקחוכ׳ (v. ed. Zuckerm. note) if more has been provided for him, he must buy a field … and then marry a wife.

    Jewish literature > מָנָה

  • 43 ראי

    ראי, רָאָה(b. h.) ( to meet with, 1) to see. Ber.IX, 1 הרואֶה מקיםוכ׳ he who sees (comes to) a place Ib. 56b הרואה נהר בחלום he who sees a river in his dream. B. Bath.82a כל שרואה פני חמה, v. גֶּזַע. Gen. R. s. 56 רוֹאִים אתם … רואה do you see what I see? Ex. R. s. 3 אתה רואה ראייה אחתוכ׳ thou seest only one vision, but I see two; אתה רואה אותן באיןוכ׳ thou seest them come to Sinai and receive my Law, but I see B. Mets.73b רָאִיתָ שאינווכ׳ if thou observest that he does not conduct himself properly; a. v. fr.Snh.52a הֵנִרְאֶה מיוכ׳ (Ms. M. הֵא נראה) well, we shall see which, v. קָבַר. Sabb.150a לא יאמר … הנראה שתעמורוכ׳ one must not say to ones neighbor (on the Sabbath), well, we shall see (I am confident) that you will be with me in the evening (for business); Ab. Zar.7a (Tosaf. = הֲנִרְאֶה בעיניך, Nif. is it pleasing to thee?); Tosef.Sabb. XVII (XVIII), 11 נראה ed. Zuck. (Var. הנ׳). Sifré Num. 84 הנראה שתגיע עמנווכ׳ be sure to arrive with (meet) us at Ib. הנ׳ שתעמידניוכ׳ be sure to wake me up, for I ר׳ דם, ר׳ קרי to have an attack, be affected with. Yeb.76a לאר׳ קרי מימיו he never had a nightly pollution. Zab. I, 1 ר׳ אחת … ובשלישיר׳ שתים (sub. זיבה) if he felt one attack of gonorrhœa …, and on the third day he had two attacks. Ber.III, 6 רָאֲתָה נדה (sub. דם) felt menstruation. Ib. 26a ר׳ זיבה felt a flux; a. fr. 2) to reflect; to reason; to consider. B. Bath.83a רוֹאִין … כאילווכ׳ we consider the central vine-trees as if not existing. Erub.I, 5 רואין אותה … מתכת we consider it (the cross-piece of straw or reeds) as if it were of metal; עקימה רואיןוכ׳ if it is curved, we consider it as if it were straight. Gen. R. l. c. הוי רואה דמיווכ׳ look upon the blood of this ram, as if it were the blood of ; a. v. fr.מהר׳ what did he see?, what was the reason; in gen. why? B. Bath. 123a מהר׳ יעקב שנטלוכ׳ what reason had Jacob to take the birthright from Reuben? Pes.53b מה רָאוּ … שמסרווכ׳ what did Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah have in mind (how did they reason) when they were ready to give up their lives ? Sifré Deut. 307 מה ראו … שנשטפווכ׳ why were the men of the flood drowned ?; a. fr. 3) to see the reason of, to like, choose, prefer, approve of. Keth.XIII, 3, sq. רואה אני את רבריוכ׳ I like the opinion of Admon. Ib. 109a כל מקום שאמר … רואח אניוכ׳ wherever R. G. said, I like, that opinion is the adopted rule. Ab. II, 7 רואה אני … מדבריכם I prefer what El. … said to what you said; a. fr.Part. pass. רָאוּי; f. רְאוּיָה; pl. רְאוּיִים; רְאוּיִין; רְאוּיוֹת chosen, selected; designated, predestined; fit, worthy, adapted (v. חֲזִי). Bekh.59b, a. e. מנין הר׳, v. מִנְיָן. Ḥull.83b, a. fr. כל הר׳ לבילה whatever is capable of being mixed, v. בִּילָה. Nidd.VI, 4 כל הר׳ לדוןוכ׳ whoever is fit (authorized) to give judgment in a criminal court, is fit Sabb.89b ר׳ היה יעקבוכ׳ Jacob was destined to go down to Egypt in iron chains, but his merits were the cause (that no such force was used). Snh.107a ר׳ היתהוכ׳ Bathsheba … was predestined (as wife) for David, only he anticipated fate, v. פַּגָּה. Ber.4a ר׳ היו ישראל ליעשותוכ׳ it had been intended that a miracle be performed for the Israelites in Ezras days, as it has been in Joshuas time, but sin was the cause (that it was not done). Nidd.60a ר׳ לראות fit (old enough) to have menstruation; a. v. fr. Nif. נִרְאָה 1) to be seen, be visible; to appear; to seem. Gen. R. s. 48 נִרְאִין כאוכליןוכ׳ they had the appearance of eating, one course after the other being removed. Pesik. R. s. 21 בפנים הרבה נ׳ להםוכ׳ the Lord appeared to them at Sinai with various expressions of countenance. Pesik. Vayhi, p. 5a> קרסי זהב נראין … הנראיןוכ׳, v. קֶרֶס. Ḥag.2a; Snh.4b, a. e. (ref. to יראה, Ex. 23:17) יִרְאֶה יֵרָאֶה … לִרְאוֹת … לֵירָאוֹת you may read it yireh (he shall see, the Lord) or yeraëh (he shall be seen): as He comes to see, so does He come to be seen (i. e. he that is blind in one eye is exempt from visiting the Temple. Ḥag.5b הנראין ואינן רואין … הרואים יאינן נראין, v. קָבַל I, Hif.Pes.53a שנ׳ כמקדישוכ׳ it looks as if he dedicated his animal as a sacrifice, and were to eat sacred meat outside of the Temple. Ab. II, 3 נראין כאוהביןוכ׳ they appear to be friends as long as it profits them; a. v. fr. 2) to become fit, be fit. Yoma 64a, v. דָּחָה. Succ.33b נ׳ ונדחה חוזר ונ׳ what had been fit at one time of the Holy Day, and was discarded (on account of a temporary unfitness), may again become fit (for use on the same day); a. e. 3) to be liked, approved of; to appear reasonable. Ḥull.108b נ׳ דבריוכ׳ R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in the event that no stirring has taken place. Ib. 109a נ׳ דבריר׳ י׳ בהא … בהא R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in such a case, and that of the scholars in such a case. Ber.33b ר׳ חייא … נראין R. Ḥ. bar Abba reported Rabbi to have said nirin (it seems acceptable), contrad. to מטין a. מודים; Erub.46b; a. fr. Hif. הֶרְאָה to cause to see; to show. Pesik. Shek., p. 19a> (ref. to Ex. 30:13) כמין מטבע … והֶרְאֵהוּ למשהוכ׳ the Lord took a sort of a coin of fire from under his throne of glory and showed it to Moses, saying, ‘this they shall give, like this Ib. p. 18b> הקטנהה׳ לדודוכ׳ he (Joab) produced before David the smaller census, the larger he did not. Kidd.48b; B. Bath. 165a, a. e. מרְאֶה מקום הוא לו he merely indicated the place to him, v. קְפֵידָא. Ber.55b מראין לו חלום טוב is shown a good dream (vision), Ib. הֶרְאוּהוּ חלומווכ׳ was shown his own dream and the interpretation of his fellow prisoners dream. Ab. Zar.5a ה׳ לוהקב״ה לאדם דורוכ׳ the Lord allowed Adam to see each coming generation and its preachers Taan.10b אל תַּרְאוּ עצמכםוכ׳, v. שָׂבֵעַ I; a. v. fr.ה׳ פנים a) ( to show a ( friendly) face, to visit the mourner. Y.M. Kat. III, 82b מפני … להַרְאוֹתוכ׳ why is it recommended to visit the mourner (on the Sabbath, when no other mourning ceremonies are otherwise observed)? Ib. 83a bot. אין מראיןוכ׳ a mourner is not visited on New Years Day Gen. R. s. 100; a. e.b) to enlighten, convince by clear argument. Snh.93b (ref. to איש תאר, 1 Sam. 16:18) שמראה פנים בהלכה he makes faces shine when he argues; Num. R. s. 13; (Ruth R. to II, 1; Yalk. Sam. 125 שמאיר); a. e. Hof. הוּרְאָה to be shown. Y.M. Kat. III, 82c top אם הוּרְאוּ לו רוב פנים if most of the faces have been shown him, i. e. if the majority of comforters have been to see him (v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְרָאֶה to show ones self. Taan.10b שכח … אל יִתְרָאֶה בפני הצבור if he forgot and ate and drank (in a place where a fast is held), he must not show himself before the people.

    Jewish literature > ראי

  • 44 ראה

    ראי, רָאָה(b. h.) ( to meet with, 1) to see. Ber.IX, 1 הרואֶה מקיםוכ׳ he who sees (comes to) a place Ib. 56b הרואה נהר בחלום he who sees a river in his dream. B. Bath.82a כל שרואה פני חמה, v. גֶּזַע. Gen. R. s. 56 רוֹאִים אתם … רואה do you see what I see? Ex. R. s. 3 אתה רואה ראייה אחתוכ׳ thou seest only one vision, but I see two; אתה רואה אותן באיןוכ׳ thou seest them come to Sinai and receive my Law, but I see B. Mets.73b רָאִיתָ שאינווכ׳ if thou observest that he does not conduct himself properly; a. v. fr.Snh.52a הֵנִרְאֶה מיוכ׳ (Ms. M. הֵא נראה) well, we shall see which, v. קָבַר. Sabb.150a לא יאמר … הנראה שתעמורוכ׳ one must not say to ones neighbor (on the Sabbath), well, we shall see (I am confident) that you will be with me in the evening (for business); Ab. Zar.7a (Tosaf. = הֲנִרְאֶה בעיניך, Nif. is it pleasing to thee?); Tosef.Sabb. XVII (XVIII), 11 נראה ed. Zuck. (Var. הנ׳). Sifré Num. 84 הנראה שתגיע עמנווכ׳ be sure to arrive with (meet) us at Ib. הנ׳ שתעמידניוכ׳ be sure to wake me up, for I ר׳ דם, ר׳ קרי to have an attack, be affected with. Yeb.76a לאר׳ קרי מימיו he never had a nightly pollution. Zab. I, 1 ר׳ אחת … ובשלישיר׳ שתים (sub. זיבה) if he felt one attack of gonorrhœa …, and on the third day he had two attacks. Ber.III, 6 רָאֲתָה נדה (sub. דם) felt menstruation. Ib. 26a ר׳ זיבה felt a flux; a. fr. 2) to reflect; to reason; to consider. B. Bath.83a רוֹאִין … כאילווכ׳ we consider the central vine-trees as if not existing. Erub.I, 5 רואין אותה … מתכת we consider it (the cross-piece of straw or reeds) as if it were of metal; עקימה רואיןוכ׳ if it is curved, we consider it as if it were straight. Gen. R. l. c. הוי רואה דמיווכ׳ look upon the blood of this ram, as if it were the blood of ; a. v. fr.מהר׳ what did he see?, what was the reason; in gen. why? B. Bath. 123a מהר׳ יעקב שנטלוכ׳ what reason had Jacob to take the birthright from Reuben? Pes.53b מה רָאוּ … שמסרווכ׳ what did Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah have in mind (how did they reason) when they were ready to give up their lives ? Sifré Deut. 307 מה ראו … שנשטפווכ׳ why were the men of the flood drowned ?; a. fr. 3) to see the reason of, to like, choose, prefer, approve of. Keth.XIII, 3, sq. רואה אני את רבריוכ׳ I like the opinion of Admon. Ib. 109a כל מקום שאמר … רואח אניוכ׳ wherever R. G. said, I like, that opinion is the adopted rule. Ab. II, 7 רואה אני … מדבריכם I prefer what El. … said to what you said; a. fr.Part. pass. רָאוּי; f. רְאוּיָה; pl. רְאוּיִים; רְאוּיִין; רְאוּיוֹת chosen, selected; designated, predestined; fit, worthy, adapted (v. חֲזִי). Bekh.59b, a. e. מנין הר׳, v. מִנְיָן. Ḥull.83b, a. fr. כל הר׳ לבילה whatever is capable of being mixed, v. בִּילָה. Nidd.VI, 4 כל הר׳ לדוןוכ׳ whoever is fit (authorized) to give judgment in a criminal court, is fit Sabb.89b ר׳ היה יעקבוכ׳ Jacob was destined to go down to Egypt in iron chains, but his merits were the cause (that no such force was used). Snh.107a ר׳ היתהוכ׳ Bathsheba … was predestined (as wife) for David, only he anticipated fate, v. פַּגָּה. Ber.4a ר׳ היו ישראל ליעשותוכ׳ it had been intended that a miracle be performed for the Israelites in Ezras days, as it has been in Joshuas time, but sin was the cause (that it was not done). Nidd.60a ר׳ לראות fit (old enough) to have menstruation; a. v. fr. Nif. נִרְאָה 1) to be seen, be visible; to appear; to seem. Gen. R. s. 48 נִרְאִין כאוכליןוכ׳ they had the appearance of eating, one course after the other being removed. Pesik. R. s. 21 בפנים הרבה נ׳ להםוכ׳ the Lord appeared to them at Sinai with various expressions of countenance. Pesik. Vayhi, p. 5a> קרסי זהב נראין … הנראיןוכ׳, v. קֶרֶס. Ḥag.2a; Snh.4b, a. e. (ref. to יראה, Ex. 23:17) יִרְאֶה יֵרָאֶה … לִרְאוֹת … לֵירָאוֹת you may read it yireh (he shall see, the Lord) or yeraëh (he shall be seen): as He comes to see, so does He come to be seen (i. e. he that is blind in one eye is exempt from visiting the Temple. Ḥag.5b הנראין ואינן רואין … הרואים יאינן נראין, v. קָבַל I, Hif.Pes.53a שנ׳ כמקדישוכ׳ it looks as if he dedicated his animal as a sacrifice, and were to eat sacred meat outside of the Temple. Ab. II, 3 נראין כאוהביןוכ׳ they appear to be friends as long as it profits them; a. v. fr. 2) to become fit, be fit. Yoma 64a, v. דָּחָה. Succ.33b נ׳ ונדחה חוזר ונ׳ what had been fit at one time of the Holy Day, and was discarded (on account of a temporary unfitness), may again become fit (for use on the same day); a. e. 3) to be liked, approved of; to appear reasonable. Ḥull.108b נ׳ דבריוכ׳ R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in the event that no stirring has taken place. Ib. 109a נ׳ דבריר׳ י׳ בהא … בהא R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in such a case, and that of the scholars in such a case. Ber.33b ר׳ חייא … נראין R. Ḥ. bar Abba reported Rabbi to have said nirin (it seems acceptable), contrad. to מטין a. מודים; Erub.46b; a. fr. Hif. הֶרְאָה to cause to see; to show. Pesik. Shek., p. 19a> (ref. to Ex. 30:13) כמין מטבע … והֶרְאֵהוּ למשהוכ׳ the Lord took a sort of a coin of fire from under his throne of glory and showed it to Moses, saying, ‘this they shall give, like this Ib. p. 18b> הקטנהה׳ לדודוכ׳ he (Joab) produced before David the smaller census, the larger he did not. Kidd.48b; B. Bath. 165a, a. e. מרְאֶה מקום הוא לו he merely indicated the place to him, v. קְפֵידָא. Ber.55b מראין לו חלום טוב is shown a good dream (vision), Ib. הֶרְאוּהוּ חלומווכ׳ was shown his own dream and the interpretation of his fellow prisoners dream. Ab. Zar.5a ה׳ לוהקב״ה לאדם דורוכ׳ the Lord allowed Adam to see each coming generation and its preachers Taan.10b אל תַּרְאוּ עצמכםוכ׳, v. שָׂבֵעַ I; a. v. fr.ה׳ פנים a) ( to show a ( friendly) face, to visit the mourner. Y.M. Kat. III, 82b מפני … להַרְאוֹתוכ׳ why is it recommended to visit the mourner (on the Sabbath, when no other mourning ceremonies are otherwise observed)? Ib. 83a bot. אין מראיןוכ׳ a mourner is not visited on New Years Day Gen. R. s. 100; a. e.b) to enlighten, convince by clear argument. Snh.93b (ref. to איש תאר, 1 Sam. 16:18) שמראה פנים בהלכה he makes faces shine when he argues; Num. R. s. 13; (Ruth R. to II, 1; Yalk. Sam. 125 שמאיר); a. e. Hof. הוּרְאָה to be shown. Y.M. Kat. III, 82c top אם הוּרְאוּ לו רוב פנים if most of the faces have been shown him, i. e. if the majority of comforters have been to see him (v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְרָאֶה to show ones self. Taan.10b שכח … אל יִתְרָאֶה בפני הצבור if he forgot and ate and drank (in a place where a fast is held), he must not show himself before the people.

    Jewish literature > ראה

  • 45 רָאָה

    ראי, רָאָה(b. h.) ( to meet with, 1) to see. Ber.IX, 1 הרואֶה מקיםוכ׳ he who sees (comes to) a place Ib. 56b הרואה נהר בחלום he who sees a river in his dream. B. Bath.82a כל שרואה פני חמה, v. גֶּזַע. Gen. R. s. 56 רוֹאִים אתם … רואה do you see what I see? Ex. R. s. 3 אתה רואה ראייה אחתוכ׳ thou seest only one vision, but I see two; אתה רואה אותן באיןוכ׳ thou seest them come to Sinai and receive my Law, but I see B. Mets.73b רָאִיתָ שאינווכ׳ if thou observest that he does not conduct himself properly; a. v. fr.Snh.52a הֵנִרְאֶה מיוכ׳ (Ms. M. הֵא נראה) well, we shall see which, v. קָבַר. Sabb.150a לא יאמר … הנראה שתעמורוכ׳ one must not say to ones neighbor (on the Sabbath), well, we shall see (I am confident) that you will be with me in the evening (for business); Ab. Zar.7a (Tosaf. = הֲנִרְאֶה בעיניך, Nif. is it pleasing to thee?); Tosef.Sabb. XVII (XVIII), 11 נראה ed. Zuck. (Var. הנ׳). Sifré Num. 84 הנראה שתגיע עמנווכ׳ be sure to arrive with (meet) us at Ib. הנ׳ שתעמידניוכ׳ be sure to wake me up, for I ר׳ דם, ר׳ קרי to have an attack, be affected with. Yeb.76a לאר׳ קרי מימיו he never had a nightly pollution. Zab. I, 1 ר׳ אחת … ובשלישיר׳ שתים (sub. זיבה) if he felt one attack of gonorrhœa …, and on the third day he had two attacks. Ber.III, 6 רָאֲתָה נדה (sub. דם) felt menstruation. Ib. 26a ר׳ זיבה felt a flux; a. fr. 2) to reflect; to reason; to consider. B. Bath.83a רוֹאִין … כאילווכ׳ we consider the central vine-trees as if not existing. Erub.I, 5 רואין אותה … מתכת we consider it (the cross-piece of straw or reeds) as if it were of metal; עקימה רואיןוכ׳ if it is curved, we consider it as if it were straight. Gen. R. l. c. הוי רואה דמיווכ׳ look upon the blood of this ram, as if it were the blood of ; a. v. fr.מהר׳ what did he see?, what was the reason; in gen. why? B. Bath. 123a מהר׳ יעקב שנטלוכ׳ what reason had Jacob to take the birthright from Reuben? Pes.53b מה רָאוּ … שמסרווכ׳ what did Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah have in mind (how did they reason) when they were ready to give up their lives ? Sifré Deut. 307 מה ראו … שנשטפווכ׳ why were the men of the flood drowned ?; a. fr. 3) to see the reason of, to like, choose, prefer, approve of. Keth.XIII, 3, sq. רואה אני את רבריוכ׳ I like the opinion of Admon. Ib. 109a כל מקום שאמר … רואח אניוכ׳ wherever R. G. said, I like, that opinion is the adopted rule. Ab. II, 7 רואה אני … מדבריכם I prefer what El. … said to what you said; a. fr.Part. pass. רָאוּי; f. רְאוּיָה; pl. רְאוּיִים; רְאוּיִין; רְאוּיוֹת chosen, selected; designated, predestined; fit, worthy, adapted (v. חֲזִי). Bekh.59b, a. e. מנין הר׳, v. מִנְיָן. Ḥull.83b, a. fr. כל הר׳ לבילה whatever is capable of being mixed, v. בִּילָה. Nidd.VI, 4 כל הר׳ לדוןוכ׳ whoever is fit (authorized) to give judgment in a criminal court, is fit Sabb.89b ר׳ היה יעקבוכ׳ Jacob was destined to go down to Egypt in iron chains, but his merits were the cause (that no such force was used). Snh.107a ר׳ היתהוכ׳ Bathsheba … was predestined (as wife) for David, only he anticipated fate, v. פַּגָּה. Ber.4a ר׳ היו ישראל ליעשותוכ׳ it had been intended that a miracle be performed for the Israelites in Ezras days, as it has been in Joshuas time, but sin was the cause (that it was not done). Nidd.60a ר׳ לראות fit (old enough) to have menstruation; a. v. fr. Nif. נִרְאָה 1) to be seen, be visible; to appear; to seem. Gen. R. s. 48 נִרְאִין כאוכליןוכ׳ they had the appearance of eating, one course after the other being removed. Pesik. R. s. 21 בפנים הרבה נ׳ להםוכ׳ the Lord appeared to them at Sinai with various expressions of countenance. Pesik. Vayhi, p. 5a> קרסי זהב נראין … הנראיןוכ׳, v. קֶרֶס. Ḥag.2a; Snh.4b, a. e. (ref. to יראה, Ex. 23:17) יִרְאֶה יֵרָאֶה … לִרְאוֹת … לֵירָאוֹת you may read it yireh (he shall see, the Lord) or yeraëh (he shall be seen): as He comes to see, so does He come to be seen (i. e. he that is blind in one eye is exempt from visiting the Temple. Ḥag.5b הנראין ואינן רואין … הרואים יאינן נראין, v. קָבַל I, Hif.Pes.53a שנ׳ כמקדישוכ׳ it looks as if he dedicated his animal as a sacrifice, and were to eat sacred meat outside of the Temple. Ab. II, 3 נראין כאוהביןוכ׳ they appear to be friends as long as it profits them; a. v. fr. 2) to become fit, be fit. Yoma 64a, v. דָּחָה. Succ.33b נ׳ ונדחה חוזר ונ׳ what had been fit at one time of the Holy Day, and was discarded (on account of a temporary unfitness), may again become fit (for use on the same day); a. e. 3) to be liked, approved of; to appear reasonable. Ḥull.108b נ׳ דבריוכ׳ R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in the event that no stirring has taken place. Ib. 109a נ׳ דבריר׳ י׳ בהא … בהא R. Judahs opinion is acceptable in such a case, and that of the scholars in such a case. Ber.33b ר׳ חייא … נראין R. Ḥ. bar Abba reported Rabbi to have said nirin (it seems acceptable), contrad. to מטין a. מודים; Erub.46b; a. fr. Hif. הֶרְאָה to cause to see; to show. Pesik. Shek., p. 19a> (ref. to Ex. 30:13) כמין מטבע … והֶרְאֵהוּ למשהוכ׳ the Lord took a sort of a coin of fire from under his throne of glory and showed it to Moses, saying, ‘this they shall give, like this Ib. p. 18b> הקטנהה׳ לדודוכ׳ he (Joab) produced before David the smaller census, the larger he did not. Kidd.48b; B. Bath. 165a, a. e. מרְאֶה מקום הוא לו he merely indicated the place to him, v. קְפֵידָא. Ber.55b מראין לו חלום טוב is shown a good dream (vision), Ib. הֶרְאוּהוּ חלומווכ׳ was shown his own dream and the interpretation of his fellow prisoners dream. Ab. Zar.5a ה׳ לוהקב״ה לאדם דורוכ׳ the Lord allowed Adam to see each coming generation and its preachers Taan.10b אל תַּרְאוּ עצמכםוכ׳, v. שָׂבֵעַ I; a. v. fr.ה׳ פנים a) ( to show a ( friendly) face, to visit the mourner. Y.M. Kat. III, 82b מפני … להַרְאוֹתוכ׳ why is it recommended to visit the mourner (on the Sabbath, when no other mourning ceremonies are otherwise observed)? Ib. 83a bot. אין מראיןוכ׳ a mourner is not visited on New Years Day Gen. R. s. 100; a. e.b) to enlighten, convince by clear argument. Snh.93b (ref. to איש תאר, 1 Sam. 16:18) שמראה פנים בהלכה he makes faces shine when he argues; Num. R. s. 13; (Ruth R. to II, 1; Yalk. Sam. 125 שמאיר); a. e. Hof. הוּרְאָה to be shown. Y.M. Kat. III, 82c top אם הוּרְאוּ לו רוב פנים if most of the faces have been shown him, i. e. if the majority of comforters have been to see him (v. supra). Hithpa. הִתְרָאֶה to show ones self. Taan.10b שכח … אל יִתְרָאֶה בפני הצבור if he forgot and ate and drank (in a place where a fast is held), he must not show himself before the people.

    Jewish literature > רָאָה

  • 46 heilig

    Adj.
    1. KIRCHL. holy; (geheiligt, geweiht) sacred, hallowed; vor Eigennamen: Saint (Abk. St, St.); heilig sprechen canonize; der heilige Antonius St ( oder St.) Anthony; der Heilige Abend Christmas Eve; der Heilige Geist / Stuhl / Vater the Holy Spirit ( oder Ghost)/ See / Father; das Heilige Grab / Land the Holy Sepulch|re (Am. -er)/ Land; die Heilige Jungfrau the Blessed Virgin; Heilige Maria Holy Mary; die Heilige Schrift the Bible, the Holy Scriptures Pl.; die Heiligen Drei Könige the Three Kings, the Three Wise Men; das Heilige Römische Reich HIST. the Holy Roman Empire
    2. (fromm) altm. pious, devout; heilig tun umg., pej. act the saint
    3. geh. (unantastbar) sacred, inviolable, sacrosanct; (ehrwürdig) venerable; (feierlich) solemn; heilige Kuh auch iro. sacred cow; jemandes heilige Pflicht s.o.’s sacred duty; das ist mein heiliger Ernst I’m in deadly earnest; ihn erfasste ein heiliger Zorn he was seized with righteous anger; ihm ist nichts heilig nothing is sacred to him; schwören bei allem, was ( einem) heilig ist swear by all that is holy; den Sonntag heilig halten keep the Sabbath holy, observe the Sabbath
    4. umg. (groß) Angst, Respekt: tremendous; seine heilige Not haben mit have terrible trouble with
    5. umg. in Ausrufen: heiliger Bimbam oder Strohsack etc.! holy smoke!, ye gods!
    * * *
    holy; saintly; sacred
    * * *
    hei|lig ['hailɪç]
    adj
    1) holy; (= geweiht, geheiligt) sacred, holy; (bei Namen von Heiligen) Saint; (old = fromm) devout, saintly; (pej) holier-than-thou

    jdm héílig sein (lit, fig)to be sacred to sb

    bei allem, was héílig ist — by all that is sacred, by all that I hold sacred

    die héílige Veronika — Saint Veronica

    der héílige Augustinus — Saint Augustine

    das héílige Abendmahl, die héílige Kommunion — Holy Communion

    die Heilige Dreifaltigkeit/Familie/Stadt — the Holy Trinity/Family/City

    der Heilige Geist/Vater/Stuhl — the Holy Spirit/Father/See

    die Heiligen Drei Könige — the Three Kings or Wise Men, the Magi

    das Heiligste (lit, fig)the holy of holies

    2) (fig = ernst) Eid, Pflicht sacred, solemn; Recht sacred; Eifer, Zorn righteous; (von Ehrfurcht erfüllt) Stille, Schauer awed; (= unantastbar) Würde, Gefühl, Gewohnheit sacred

    héílige Kuh — sacred cow

    es ist mein héíliger Ernst — I am deadly serious (Brit), I am in dead earnest

    3) (inf = groß) incredible (inf); Respekt healthy, incredible (inf)

    mit jdm/etw seine héílige Not haben — to have a hard time with sb/sth

    von einer héíligen Angst gepackt werden — to be scared out of one's wits

    4)

    (inf in Ausrufen) (ach du) héíliger Bimbam or Strohsack!, héíliges Kanonenrohr! — holy smoke! (inf), hell's bell's! (inf)

    * * *
    1) (holy: the Blessed Virgin.) blessed
    2) ((worthy of worship or respect because) associated with God, Jesus, a saint etc; sacred: the Holy Bible; holy ground.) holy
    3) (good; pure; following the rules of religion: a holy life.) holy
    4) (of God or a god; (that must be respected because) connected with religion or with God or a god: Temples, mosques, churches and synagogues are all sacred buildings.) sacred
    5) ((of a duty etc) which must be done etc eg because of respect for someone: He considered it a sacred duty to fulfil his dead father's wishes.) sacred
    * * *
    hei·lig
    [ˈhailɪç]
    1. REL (geweiht) holy
    die \heilige katholische Kirche the Holy Catholic Church
    die \heilige Kommunion Holy Communion
    jdm ist etw \heilig sth is sacred to sb
    jdm ist nichts \heilig nothing is sacred to sb
    bei allem, was jdm \heilig ist by all that is sacred to sb
    der \heilige Matthäus/die \heilige Katharina Saint Matthew/Saint Catherine
    die H\heilige Jungfrau the Blessed Virgin
    3. (ehrfürchtig) awed
    4. (fam: groß) incredible
    ein \heiliger Zorn incredible anger
    ein \heiliger Respekt healthy respect
    5.
    etw ist jds \heilige Pflicht
    es ist deine \heilige Pflicht, dich um deine alten Eltern zu kümmern it's your solemn duty to look after your old parents
    * * *
    1) holy

    die heilige Barbara/der heilige Augustinus — Saint Barbara/Saint Augustine

    die Heilige Familie/Dreifaltigkeit — the Holy Family/Trinity

    die Heiligen Drei Königethe Three Kings or Wise Men; the Magi

    das Heilige Römische Reich(hist.) the Holy Roman Empire

    jemanden heilig sprechen(kath. Kirche) canonize somebody

    2) (besonders geweiht) holy; sacred

    heilige Stättenholy or sacred places

    der Heilige Abend/die Heilige Nacht — Christmas Eve/Night

    3) (geh.): (unantastbar) sacred <right, tradition, cause, etc.>; sacred, solemn < duty>; gospel < truth>; solemn <conviction, oath>; righteous < anger, zeal>; awed < silence>

    bei allem, was mir heilig ist — by all that I hold sacred; s. auch hoch 2. 4)

    4) (ugs.): (groß) incredible (coll.); healthy < respect>
    * * *
    heilig adj
    1. KIRCHE holy; (geheiligt, geweiht) sacred, hallowed; vor Eigennamen: Saint (abk St, St.);
    der heilige Antonius St ( oder St.) Anthony;
    der Heilige Abend Christmas Eve;
    der Heilige Geist/Stuhl/Vater the Holy Spirit ( oder Ghost)/See/Father;
    das Heilige Grab/Land the Holy Sepulchre (US -er)/Land;
    die Heilige Jungfrau the Blessed Virgin;
    Heilige Maria Holy Mary;
    die Heilige Schrift the Bible, the Holy Scriptures pl;
    die Heiligen Drei Könige the Three Kings, the Three Wise Men;
    das Heilige Römische Reich HIST the Holy Roman Empire
    2. (fromm) obs pious, devout;
    heilig tun umg, pej act the saint
    3. geh (unantastbar) sacred, inviolable, sacrosanct; (ehrwürdig) venerable; (feierlich) solemn;
    heilige Kuh auch iron sacred cow;
    jemandes heilige Pflicht sb’s sacred duty;
    das ist mein heiliger Ernst I’m in deadly earnest;
    ihn erfasste ein heiliger Zorn he was seized with righteous anger;
    ihm ist nichts heilig nothing is sacred to him;
    schwören bei allem, was (einem) heilig ist swear by all that is holy
    4. umg (groß) Angst, Respekt: tremendous;
    seine heilige Not haben mit have terrible trouble with
    5. umg in Ausrufen:
    Strohsack etc! holy smoke!, ye gods!
    hl. abk (heilig) St.
    * * *
    1) holy

    die heilige Barbara/der heilige Augustinus — Saint Barbara/Saint Augustine

    die Heilige Familie/Dreifaltigkeit — the Holy Family/Trinity

    die Heiligen Drei Königethe Three Kings or Wise Men; the Magi

    das Heilige Römische Reich(hist.) the Holy Roman Empire

    jemanden heilig sprechen(kath. Kirche) canonize somebody

    2) (besonders geweiht) holy; sacred

    heilige Stättenholy or sacred places

    der Heilige Abend/die Heilige Nacht — Christmas Eve/Night

    3) (geh.): (unantastbar) sacred <right, tradition, cause, etc.>; sacred, solemn < duty>; gospel < truth>; solemn <conviction, oath>; righteous <anger, zeal>; awed < silence>

    bei allem, was mir heilig ist — by all that I hold sacred; s. auch hoch 2. 4)

    4) (ugs.): (groß) incredible (coll.); healthy < respect>
    * * *
    adj.
    holy adj.
    sacred adj.
    saintly adj. adv.
    sacredly adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > heilig

  • 47 bueno

    adj.
    1 good, fine, okay.
    2 good-hearted, decent, kind, good.
    3 good, suitable, wholesome.
    4 favorable, good.
    intj.
    1 okay.
    2 now then.
    3 hello.
    * * *
    1 (gen) good
    2 (persona - amable) kind; (- agradable) nice, polite
    3 (tiempo) good, nice
    4 (apropiado) right, suitable; (correcto) right
    5 (de salud) well
    ¿ya estás buena? are you better now?
    6 (grande) big; (considerable) considerable
    interjección ¡bueno!
    1 (sorpresa) well, very well; (de acuerdo) all right!
    \
    de buenas a primeras familiar all of a sudden, just like that
    estar bueno,-a to be in good health 2 familiar to be good-looking
    estar de buen ver to be good-looking
    por la buenas willingly
    ¡ésta sí que es buena! familiar that's a good one!
    buen humor good humour (US humor)
    buenas noches good evening
    buenas tardes good afternoon
    buenos días good morning
    la buena mesa good food
    la buena vida the good life Table 1 NOTA See also buen/Table 1
    * * *
    (f. - buena)
    adj.
    1) good
    2) kind, nice
    3) large, considerable
    4) healthy, well
    * * *
    bueno, -a
    1. ADJ
    ( antes de sm sing buen)
    1) [gen] good; [tiempo] fine, good, fair

    la mano buenahum the right hand

    ¡bueno está! — LAm that's enough!

    ¡qué bueno! — esp LAm excellent!, great!

    lo bueno es que... — the best thing is that..., the best part is that...

    lo bueno fue que ni siquiera quiso venirthe best thing o part was that he didn't even want to come

    2) (=bondadoso) [persona] kind, good

    es buena persona — he's a nice person, he's a good sort

    3) (=apropiado) good
    4) [de salud]
    5) * (=atractivo)
    6) (=considerable) good, large

    un buen número de... — a good o large number of...

    un buen trozo de... — a nice big piece of...

    7) iró

    ¡buen conductor! — a fine driver you are!, some driver you are!

    ¡esa sí que es buena! — that's a good one!

    ¡buena la has liado o hecho! — you've really gone and done it now!

    ¡en buen lío me he metido! — I've got myself into a fine mess!

    ¡estaría bueno! — * I should hope not!

    estaría bueno que... — it would be just great if...

    luego verás lo que es bueno* then you'll see

    le pusieron bueno* (=lo pegaron) they beat the living daylights out of him *; (=lo criticaron) they slagged him off *

    8) [en saludos]

    ¡buenas! — hello!

    buenas tardes[a primera hora] good afternoon; [más tarde] good evening

    ¿qué hay de bueno? — what's new?

    9)

    por las buenas —

    si no me obedeces por las buenas, tendrás que hacerlo por las malas — you can either do as I say willingly, or I'll have to force you to do it

    2.
    ADV

    ¡bueno! — all right!, O.K.!; Méx (Telec) hello!

    bueno, pues... — well...

    bueno, resulta que... — well, it so happens that...

    bueno, ¿y qué? — well, so what?, well?

    ¡pero bueno, cómo puedes ser tan bruto! — honestly, how can you be so stupid!

    pero bueno, no nos vamos a meter en historias — but anyway, let's not go into this

    3. SM / F
    1)

    el bueno[de la película] the goody *, the good guy *

    2)
    * * *
    I
    - na adjetivo
    [ buen is used before masculine singular nouns]
    1)
    a) [ser] ( de calidad) <hotel/producto> good
    b) ( valioso) good

    buenos consejosgood o useful advice

    c) (válido, correcto) <razón/excusa> good

    bueno está lo bueno (pero no lo demasiado) — (fam) you can have too much of a good thing

    2)
    a) [ser] ( competente) <médico/alumno> good

    ser bueno para algo: es muy buena para los negocios — she's got a very good head for business

    b) <padre/marido/amigo> good
    c) (eficaz, efectivo) <remedio/método> good

    es bueno para la gripe/los dolores de cabeza — it's good for the flu/headaches

    3) ( favorable) <oferta/suerte> good

    en las buenas — (CS) in the good times

    estar de buenas — ( de buen humor) (fam) to be in a good mood; ( afortunado) (Col fam) to be lucky

    4) [ser] ( conveniente) good
    5) (ingenioso, divertido) <chiste/idea> good, great (colloq)

    lo bueno fue que... — the funny thing was...

    6)
    a) ( agradable) nice

    ser bueno — to be good, be nice; (- de algo en particular)

    estar bueno — to be good, be nice

    c)

    qué bueno! — (AmL) great!

    7) [estar] ( en buen estado)

    ¿este pescado estará bueno? — do you think this fish is all right?

    8) [estar] (fam) ( sexualmente atractivo)
    9) (saludable, sano) <costumbre/alimentación> good

    bueno y sano — (Chi) ( sin novedad) safe and sound; ( sobrio) sober

    10) (en fórmulas, saludos) good

    buenos días! or (RPl) buen día! — good morning

    buenas tardes! — ( temprano) good afternoon; ( más tarde) good evening

    buenas noches! — ( al llegar) good evening; ( al despedirse) good night

    buen provecho! — enjoy your meal, bon appetit

    11)
    a) [ser] ( en sentido ético) good
    b) [ser] < niño> good
    12) (iró & fam)

    estaría bueno que ahora dijera que no! — it'd be just great if he said no now! (iro & colloq)

    de los buenos/de las buenas — (fam)

    14)

    un buen día se va a cansar y... — one day o one of these days she's going to get fed up and...

    un buen día llegó y dijo... — one (fine) day she came home and said...

    II
    - na masculino, femenino
    a) (hum o leng infantil) (en películas, cuentos) goody (colloq)
    b) (bonachón, buenazo)

    el bueno de Juan/la buena de Pilar — good old Juan/Pilar

    III
    1)
    a) (expresando conformidad, asentimiento) OK (colloq), all right

    ¿un café? - bueno — coffee? - OK o all right

    b) (expresando duda, indecisión, escepticismo) well

    bueno... ¿qué quieres que te diga? — well... what can I say?

    bueno, otra vez será — never mind, maybe next time

    2)

    bueno, se acabó a la cama! — right, that's it, bed!

    pero, bueno ¿lo quiere o no? — well, do you want it or not?

    y bueno! ¿qué querías que hiciera? — (RPl) well, what did you expect me to do?

    b) (expresando sorpresa, desagrado) (well) really!

    bueno! esto era lo único que faltaba — (iró) oh, great! that's all we needed (iro)

    3)
    a) ( introduciendo o reanudando un tema) now then, right then

    bueno, ¿dónde estábamos? — now (then) o right (then), where were we?

    no es un lugar turístico, bueno, no lo era — it isn't a tourist resort, well o at least, it didn't use to be

    * * *
    = fantastic, good [better -comp., best -sup.], neat [neater -comp., neatest -sup.], nice, sound [sounder -comp., soundest -sup.], seemly, decent, creditable, fantastical, good-natured, good-hearted, kind [kinder -comp., kindest -sup.].
    Ex. GODORT has done a fantastic job of dealing with and solving documents problems.
    Ex. A good thesaurus is a list that has been compiled to serve in the retrieval environment in which it is called upon to operate.
    Ex. What is possibly less easy is to making sure that the guiding stays clean, neat and accurate.
    Ex. One time he showed me a photograph in an art book of a woman's bare breasts and said ' Nice tits, uh?'.
    Ex. Thus the scheme has a sound organisational backing.
    Ex. They were the first cloth bindings that were intended to compete with paper boards as seemly but inexpensive covers for ordinary books.
    Ex. At present, the Internet's international expansion is hampered by the lack of a good supporting infrastructure, namely a decent telephone system.
    Ex. Maybe there is not creditable model, but a lot of publishers are trying to be the onw who discovers the best approach.
    Ex. Adorno's distinction between fantastical thought & the commodification of fantasy in the form of literature is addressed.
    Ex. The illustrations were projected on a large screen and the children were able to see that it was a locus amoenus and a reflection of the character of the good-natured host.
    Ex. Relaxing, joking and just being around guys and gals who are good-hearted people was just the ticket we needed.
    Ex. I would like to extend my thanks to our host who was kind enough to invite me.
    ----
    * a buen recaudo = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * acabarse la buena racha = the good times + run out.
    * acabarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * actuar de buena fe = act in + good faith.
    * a la buena de Dios = out in the cold.
    * algo bueno = a good thing.
    * amante de la buena bebida = drink enthusiast.
    * amante de la buena mesa = food enthusiast.
    * apartarse del buen camino = go off + the rails, stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * buen = good [better -comp., best -sup.].
    * buena calidad = goodness.
    * buena causa = good cause.
    * buena comida, la = good food.
    * buena compañía = good company.
    * buena compra = good buy.
    * buena condición física = physical fitness.
    * buena decisión = good judgement.
    * buena disposición = good nature, goodwill [good will], readiness.
    * Posesivo + buena estrella = Posesivo + lucky star.
    * buena fama = well respected, good repute, good reputation.
    * buena fe = goodwill [good will].
    * buena forma física = fitness, physical fitness.
    * buena fortuna = good fortune.
    * buena idea = cool idea.
    * buena influencia = good influence.
    * buen ajuste = good fit.
    * buen amigo = good friend.
    * buena oferta = good deal.
    * buena racha = winning streak.
    * buena relación = rapport.
    * buena relación calidad-precio = value for money.
    * buena reputación = well respected, good repute, good reputation.
    * buena salud = good health.
    * buenas costumbres = propriety, mores, decorum.
    * buenas noticas, las = good word, the.
    * buenas noticias = glad tidings.
    * buenas prácticas = best practices.
    * buena suerte = good luck!, good fortune, good luck.
    * ¡buena suerte! = break a leg!.
    * buena suma de dinero = hefty sum of money.
    * buenas vibraciones = vibrations, good vibes.
    * buena tierra = good soil.
    * buena vecindad = neighbourliness [neighborliness, -USA].
    * buena vida = good life.
    * buena voluntad = goodwill [good will].
    * buen camino, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * buen carácter = good humour.
    * buen comedor = hearty eater.
    * buen estado físico = fitness, physical fitness.
    * buen funcionamiento = smooth-running.
    * buen gusto, el = good taste.
    * buen humor = cheerfulness, good humour.
    * buen juicio = good judgement.
    * bueno de la película, el = good guy, the.
    * bueno, el = good guy, the.
    * Buenos Aires = Buenos Aires.
    * buenos días = good morning.
    * buenos, los = goodies, the.
    * buenos propósitos de Año Nuevo = New Year's resolution.
    * buenos tiempos = good times.
    * buen partido = eligible party, eligible bachelor.
    * buen ritmo de aprendizaje = learning curve.
    * buen rollo = good vibes.
    * buen samaritano = good samaritan.
    * buen sitio para pescar = fishing spot.
    * buen tiempo = fair weather.
    * buen tirador = good shot.
    * buen tocho de dinero = hefty sum of money.
    * buen trabajador = hard worker.
    * causar buena impresión = impress, come across.
    * causar una buena primera impresión = make + a good first impression.
    * código de buenas prácticas = code of practice, code of good practice.
    * comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.
    * con buena fama = respected.
    * con buena reputación = respected, reputable.
    * con buenas conexiones = well-connected.
    * con buenas intenciones = in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con buen humor = good-humouredly.
    * con buenos contactos = well-connected.
    * con buenos modales = politely.
    * conseguir una buena formación en = get + a good grounding on.
    * con tan buenos resultados = to such good effect.
    * contar con el visto bueno = meet with + approval.
    * contar con + Posesivo + visto bueno = meet + Posesivo + approval.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * con una buena financiación = well-funded.
    * con una buena plantilla = well-staffed.
    * con un buen nivel = fluent.
    * cosecha extraordinariamente buena = bumper crop.
    * crear una buena impresión en = make + a good impression on.
    * dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.
    * dar el visto bueno = approve.
    * dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.
    * darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.
    * de buena calidad = good-quality.
    * de buena disposición = good-natured.
    * de buena fama = of good repute.
    * de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.
    * de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.
    * de buena reputación = of good repute.
    * de buenas = on good terms.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buena voluntad = in good faith.
    * de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.
    * de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.
    * de buenos modales = well-mannered.
    * de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * dejar a la buena de Dios = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.
    * dejar (un) buen sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.
    * desempeñar una buena función = produce + the goods.
    * desviarse del buen camino = go off + the rails.
    * difundir buena imagen de = earn + credit for.
    * disfrutar de buena salud = be in good health.
    * echar una buena bronca = give + Nombre + a good roasting.
    * el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el cielo rojo al atardecer augura buen tiempo, el cielo rojo al amanecer aug = red sky at night, (shepherd/sailor)'s delight, red sky in the morning, (shepherd/sailor)'s warning.
    * empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * en buena parte = for the most part.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.
    * en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en sus buenos tiempos = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * estar de buen humor = be high.
    * estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.
    * estar en estado de buena esperanza = have + a bun in the oven, be up the spout.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish.
    * estudiante con buenas notas = high achiever.
    * ganar un buen sueldo = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer un buen trabajo = do + a good job.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * la buena noticia = the good news.
    * llever a buen término = bring to + a close.
    * lo bueno de = the beauty of.
    * lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.
    * lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * luchar por una buena causa = fight + the good fight.
    * mamá pija y tía buena = yummy mummy.
    * mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * mantenerse en buen estado físico = keep + fit.
    * más bueno que un pan = as good as gold.
    * más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).
    * no andar en nada bueno = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * no apartarse del buen camino = keep on + the right track.
    * no caer en buenas manos = fall into + the wrong hands.
    * no ser lo suficientemente bueno = not be good enough.
    * no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.
    * no tan bueno = not-so-good.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no ver buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.
    * obrar de buena fe = act in + good faith.
    * obras son amores y no buenas razones = actions speak louder than words.
    * otro bueno + Nombre = the next best + Nombre.
    * parecer bueno = look + good.
    * Participio Pasado + bastante bueno = decently + Participio Pasado.
    * pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.
    * presentar un buen aspecto = look + good.
    * provisto de buenos fondos = stockholding.
    * que no haya noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * quitarse un (buen) peso de encima = get + a (real) weight off + Posesivo + chest.
    * racha de buena suerte = winning streak.
    * realizar una buena labor = produce + the goods.
    * recibir + Posesivo + visto bueno = meet + Posesivo + approval.
    * saber de buena boca = have + it on good word.
    * saber de buena tinta = have + it on good word.
    * seguir con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.
    * ser algo bueno = be a good thing.
    * ser buenísimo + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.
    * ser bueno = make + good + Nombre.
    * ser bueno en = be good at.
    * ser bueno para Alguien = be to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * ser muy buena señal = bode + well.
    * ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * ser una buena época = be a good time.
    * ser una buena ocasión para + Infinitivo = be a good time to + Infinitivo.
    * ser un buen chico = be a sport.
    * ser un buen comedor = be a hearty eater.
    * ser un momento tan bueno como cualqu = be as good a time as any.
    * si hace buen tiempo = weather permitting.
    * tan bueno como ningún otro = as good as any.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener una buena disposición = be well disposed.
    * tener un buen aspecto = look + good.
    * tener un buen concepto de Alguien = hold in + high regard.
    * tener un buen día = have + a good day.
    * tener un buen saque = be a hearty eater.
    * terminarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * tía buena = hottie [hotty], crumpet.
    * tierra buena = good soil.
    * tío bueno = stud, hunk, hunk of a man, hottie [hotty].
    * tomarse Algo de buen grado = take + Nombre + in good humour.
    * una buena alternativa a = the next best thing to.
    * una buena cantidad de = a fair amount of.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.
    * una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.
    * una buena pesca = a good catch.
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * un buen número de = a good number of.
    * un buen partido = a good catch.
    * usar Algo con buen provecho = use + Nombre + to good advantage.
    * venir con buenas intenciones = come in + peace.
    * visto bueno = approval, endorsement, seal of approval.
    * * *
    I
    - na adjetivo
    [ buen is used before masculine singular nouns]
    1)
    a) [ser] ( de calidad) <hotel/producto> good
    b) ( valioso) good

    buenos consejosgood o useful advice

    c) (válido, correcto) <razón/excusa> good

    bueno está lo bueno (pero no lo demasiado) — (fam) you can have too much of a good thing

    2)
    a) [ser] ( competente) <médico/alumno> good

    ser bueno para algo: es muy buena para los negocios — she's got a very good head for business

    b) <padre/marido/amigo> good
    c) (eficaz, efectivo) <remedio/método> good

    es bueno para la gripe/los dolores de cabeza — it's good for the flu/headaches

    3) ( favorable) <oferta/suerte> good

    en las buenas — (CS) in the good times

    estar de buenas — ( de buen humor) (fam) to be in a good mood; ( afortunado) (Col fam) to be lucky

    4) [ser] ( conveniente) good
    5) (ingenioso, divertido) <chiste/idea> good, great (colloq)

    lo bueno fue que... — the funny thing was...

    6)
    a) ( agradable) nice

    ser bueno — to be good, be nice; (- de algo en particular)

    estar bueno — to be good, be nice

    c)

    qué bueno! — (AmL) great!

    7) [estar] ( en buen estado)

    ¿este pescado estará bueno? — do you think this fish is all right?

    8) [estar] (fam) ( sexualmente atractivo)
    9) (saludable, sano) <costumbre/alimentación> good

    bueno y sano — (Chi) ( sin novedad) safe and sound; ( sobrio) sober

    10) (en fórmulas, saludos) good

    buenos días! or (RPl) buen día! — good morning

    buenas tardes! — ( temprano) good afternoon; ( más tarde) good evening

    buenas noches! — ( al llegar) good evening; ( al despedirse) good night

    buen provecho! — enjoy your meal, bon appetit

    11)
    a) [ser] ( en sentido ético) good
    b) [ser] < niño> good
    12) (iró & fam)

    estaría bueno que ahora dijera que no! — it'd be just great if he said no now! (iro & colloq)

    de los buenos/de las buenas — (fam)

    14)

    un buen día se va a cansar y... — one day o one of these days she's going to get fed up and...

    un buen día llegó y dijo... — one (fine) day she came home and said...

    II
    - na masculino, femenino
    a) (hum o leng infantil) (en películas, cuentos) goody (colloq)
    b) (bonachón, buenazo)

    el bueno de Juan/la buena de Pilar — good old Juan/Pilar

    III
    1)
    a) (expresando conformidad, asentimiento) OK (colloq), all right

    ¿un café? - bueno — coffee? - OK o all right

    b) (expresando duda, indecisión, escepticismo) well

    bueno... ¿qué quieres que te diga? — well... what can I say?

    bueno, otra vez será — never mind, maybe next time

    2)

    bueno, se acabó a la cama! — right, that's it, bed!

    pero, bueno ¿lo quiere o no? — well, do you want it or not?

    y bueno! ¿qué querías que hiciera? — (RPl) well, what did you expect me to do?

    b) (expresando sorpresa, desagrado) (well) really!

    bueno! esto era lo único que faltaba — (iró) oh, great! that's all we needed (iro)

    3)
    a) ( introduciendo o reanudando un tema) now then, right then

    bueno, ¿dónde estábamos? — now (then) o right (then), where were we?

    no es un lugar turístico, bueno, no lo era — it isn't a tourist resort, well o at least, it didn't use to be

    * * *
    el bueno
    (n.) = good guy, the

    Ex: From the viewpoint of periodical prices, learned society publishers are the ' good guys' and libraries should switch from commercial publishers to learned society publishers in order to reduce costs.

    = fantastic, good [better -comp., best -sup.], neat [neater -comp., neatest -sup.], nice, sound [sounder -comp., soundest -sup.], seemly, decent, creditable, fantastical, good-natured, good-hearted, kind [kinder -comp., kindest -sup.].

    Ex: GODORT has done a fantastic job of dealing with and solving documents problems.

    Ex: A good thesaurus is a list that has been compiled to serve in the retrieval environment in which it is called upon to operate.
    Ex: What is possibly less easy is to making sure that the guiding stays clean, neat and accurate.
    Ex: One time he showed me a photograph in an art book of a woman's bare breasts and said ' Nice tits, uh?'.
    Ex: Thus the scheme has a sound organisational backing.
    Ex: They were the first cloth bindings that were intended to compete with paper boards as seemly but inexpensive covers for ordinary books.
    Ex: At present, the Internet's international expansion is hampered by the lack of a good supporting infrastructure, namely a decent telephone system.
    Ex: Maybe there is not creditable model, but a lot of publishers are trying to be the onw who discovers the best approach.
    Ex: Adorno's distinction between fantastical thought & the commodification of fantasy in the form of literature is addressed.
    Ex: The illustrations were projected on a large screen and the children were able to see that it was a locus amoenus and a reflection of the character of the good-natured host.
    Ex: Relaxing, joking and just being around guys and gals who are good-hearted people was just the ticket we needed.
    Ex: I would like to extend my thanks to our host who was kind enough to invite me.
    * a buen recaudo = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * acabarse la buena racha = the good times + run out.
    * acabarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * actuar de buena fe = act in + good faith.
    * a la buena de Dios = out in the cold.
    * algo bueno = a good thing.
    * amante de la buena bebida = drink enthusiast.
    * amante de la buena mesa = food enthusiast.
    * apartarse del buen camino = go off + the rails, stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * buen = good [better -comp., best -sup.].
    * buena calidad = goodness.
    * buena causa = good cause.
    * buena comida, la = good food.
    * buena compañía = good company.
    * buena compra = good buy.
    * buena condición física = physical fitness.
    * buena decisión = good judgement.
    * buena disposición = good nature, goodwill [good will], readiness.
    * Posesivo + buena estrella = Posesivo + lucky star.
    * buena fama = well respected, good repute, good reputation.
    * buena fe = goodwill [good will].
    * buena forma física = fitness, physical fitness.
    * buena fortuna = good fortune.
    * buena idea = cool idea.
    * buena influencia = good influence.
    * buen ajuste = good fit.
    * buen amigo = good friend.
    * buena oferta = good deal.
    * buena racha = winning streak.
    * buena relación = rapport.
    * buena relación calidad-precio = value for money.
    * buena reputación = well respected, good repute, good reputation.
    * buena salud = good health.
    * buenas costumbres = propriety, mores, decorum.
    * buenas noticas, las = good word, the.
    * buenas noticias = glad tidings.
    * buenas prácticas = best practices.
    * buena suerte = good luck!, good fortune, good luck.
    * ¡buena suerte! = break a leg!.
    * buena suma de dinero = hefty sum of money.
    * buenas vibraciones = vibrations, good vibes.
    * buena tierra = good soil.
    * buena vecindad = neighbourliness [neighborliness, -USA].
    * buena vida = good life.
    * buena voluntad = goodwill [good will].
    * buen camino, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * buen carácter = good humour.
    * buen comedor = hearty eater.
    * buen estado físico = fitness, physical fitness.
    * buen funcionamiento = smooth-running.
    * buen gusto, el = good taste.
    * buen humor = cheerfulness, good humour.
    * buen juicio = good judgement.
    * bueno de la película, el = good guy, the.
    * bueno, el = good guy, the.
    * Buenos Aires = Buenos Aires.
    * buenos días = good morning.
    * buenos, los = goodies, the.
    * buenos propósitos de Año Nuevo = New Year's resolution.
    * buenos tiempos = good times.
    * buen partido = eligible party, eligible bachelor.
    * buen ritmo de aprendizaje = learning curve.
    * buen rollo = good vibes.
    * buen samaritano = good samaritan.
    * buen sitio para pescar = fishing spot.
    * buen tiempo = fair weather.
    * buen tirador = good shot.
    * buen tocho de dinero = hefty sum of money.
    * buen trabajador = hard worker.
    * causar buena impresión = impress, come across.
    * causar una buena primera impresión = make + a good first impression.
    * código de buenas prácticas = code of practice, code of good practice.
    * comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.
    * con buena fama = respected.
    * con buena reputación = respected, reputable.
    * con buenas conexiones = well-connected.
    * con buenas intenciones = in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con buen humor = good-humouredly.
    * con buenos contactos = well-connected.
    * con buenos modales = politely.
    * conseguir una buena formación en = get + a good grounding on.
    * con tan buenos resultados = to such good effect.
    * contar con el visto bueno = meet with + approval.
    * contar con + Posesivo + visto bueno = meet + Posesivo + approval.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * con una buena financiación = well-funded.
    * con una buena plantilla = well-staffed.
    * con un buen nivel = fluent.
    * cosecha extraordinariamente buena = bumper crop.
    * crear una buena impresión en = make + a good impression on.
    * dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.
    * dar el visto bueno = approve.
    * dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.
    * darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.
    * de buena calidad = good-quality.
    * de buena disposición = good-natured.
    * de buena fama = of good repute.
    * de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.
    * de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.
    * de buena reputación = of good repute.
    * de buenas = on good terms.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buena voluntad = in good faith.
    * de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.
    * de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.
    * de buenos modales = well-mannered.
    * de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * dejar a la buena de Dios = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.
    * dejar (un) buen sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.
    * desempeñar una buena función = produce + the goods.
    * desviarse del buen camino = go off + the rails.
    * difundir buena imagen de = earn + credit for.
    * disfrutar de buena salud = be in good health.
    * echar una buena bronca = give + Nombre + a good roasting.
    * el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el cielo rojo al atardecer augura buen tiempo, el cielo rojo al amanecer aug = red sky at night, (shepherd/sailor)'s delight, red sky in the morning, (shepherd/sailor)'s warning.
    * empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * en buena parte = for the most part.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.
    * en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en sus buenos tiempos = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * estar de buen humor = be high.
    * estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.
    * estar en estado de buena esperanza = have + a bun in the oven, be up the spout.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish.
    * estudiante con buenas notas = high achiever.
    * ganar un buen sueldo = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer un buen trabajo = do + a good job.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * la buena noticia = the good news.
    * llever a buen término = bring to + a close.
    * lo bueno de = the beauty of.
    * lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.
    * lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * luchar por una buena causa = fight + the good fight.
    * mamá pija y tía buena = yummy mummy.
    * mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * mantenerse en buen estado físico = keep + fit.
    * más bueno que un pan = as good as gold.
    * más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).
    * no andar en nada bueno = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * no apartarse del buen camino = keep on + the right track.
    * no caer en buenas manos = fall into + the wrong hands.
    * no ser lo suficientemente bueno = not be good enough.
    * no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.
    * no tan bueno = not-so-good.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no ver buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.
    * obrar de buena fe = act in + good faith.
    * obras son amores y no buenas razones = actions speak louder than words.
    * otro bueno + Nombre = the next best + Nombre.
    * parecer bueno = look + good.
    * Participio Pasado + bastante bueno = decently + Participio Pasado.
    * pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.
    * presentar un buen aspecto = look + good.
    * provisto de buenos fondos = stockholding.
    * que no haya noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * quitarse un (buen) peso de encima = get + a (real) weight off + Posesivo + chest.
    * racha de buena suerte = winning streak.
    * realizar una buena labor = produce + the goods.
    * recibir + Posesivo + visto bueno = meet + Posesivo + approval.
    * saber de buena boca = have + it on good word.
    * saber de buena tinta = have + it on good word.
    * seguir con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.
    * ser algo bueno = be a good thing.
    * ser buenísimo + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.
    * ser bueno = make + good + Nombre.
    * ser bueno en = be good at.
    * ser bueno para Alguien = be to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * ser muy buena señal = bode + well.
    * ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * ser una buena época = be a good time.
    * ser una buena ocasión para + Infinitivo = be a good time to + Infinitivo.
    * ser un buen chico = be a sport.
    * ser un buen comedor = be a hearty eater.
    * ser un momento tan bueno como cualqu = be as good a time as any.
    * si hace buen tiempo = weather permitting.
    * tan bueno como ningún otro = as good as any.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener una buena disposición = be well disposed.
    * tener un buen aspecto = look + good.
    * tener un buen concepto de Alguien = hold in + high regard.
    * tener un buen día = have + a good day.
    * tener un buen saque = be a hearty eater.
    * terminarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * tía buena = hottie [hotty], crumpet.
    * tierra buena = good soil.
    * tío bueno = stud, hunk, hunk of a man, hottie [hotty].
    * tomarse Algo de buen grado = take + Nombre + in good humour.
    * una buena alternativa a = the next best thing to.
    * una buena cantidad de = a fair amount of.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.
    * una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.
    * una buena pesca = a good catch.
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * un buen número de = a good number of.
    * un buen partido = a good catch.
    * usar Algo con buen provecho = use + Nombre + to good advantage.
    * venir con buenas intenciones = come in + peace.
    * visto bueno = approval, endorsement, seal of approval.

    * * *
    bueno1 -na
    [ The form buen is used before masculine singular nouns. buen]
    A
    1 [ SER] (de calidad) ‹hotel/producto› good
    tiene buena memoria she has a good memory
    siempre lleva ropa buena he always wears good-quality clothes
    hizo un buen trabajo she did a good job
    ¿es bueno o de bisutería? is it real or imitation?
    lo bueno si breve dos veces bueno brevity is the soul of wit
    2 (valioso) good
    ¡qué buena idea! what a good idea!
    me dio muy buenos consejos she gave me (some) very good o useful advice
    3 (válido, correcto) ‹razón/excusa› good
    ¿tienes buena hora or hora buena? do you have the right o correct time?
    la bola fue buena the ball was in
    bueno está lo bueno (pero no lo demasiado) ( fam); you can have too much of a good thing
    B
    1 [ SER] (competente) ‹médico/alumno› good
    como secretaria es muy buena she's a very good secretary
    es muy buena en francés she's very good at French
    2 ‹padre/marido/amigo› good
    3 (eficaz, efectivo) ‹remedio/método› good ser bueno PARA algo to be good for sth
    es bueno para el hígado it's good for the liver
    C (favorable) ‹oferta/suerte› good
    traigo buenas noticias I have good news (for you)
    la novela tuvo muy buena crítica the novel got very good reviews o was very well reviewed
    están en buena posición económica they're comfortably off
    en las buenas (CS); in the good times
    estar de buenas (de buen humor) ( fam) to be in a good mood; (afortunado) ( Col fam) to be lucky
    estar en la buena (CS); to be having a lucky streak, be on a run of good luck
    hoy no estoy en la buena it's not my lucky day
    por las buenas: si no lo hace por las buenas … if he won't do it willingly …
    intenta convencerlo por las buenas try persuading him nicely
    D [ SER] (conveniente) good
    no es buena hora para llamar it's not a good time to phone
    sería bueno que hablaras con él it would be a good idea o thing if you spoke to him
    no es bueno comer tanto it isn't good for you to eat so much
    E (ingenioso, divertido) ‹chiste/idea› good, great ( colloq)
    lo bueno fue que ella tampoco tenía ni idea the funny thing was she didn't have a clue either
    F
    ¡qué buena pinta tiene esa ensalada! that salad looks delicious o really good
    hace muy buen tiempo the weather's lovely o very nice
    hace bueno ( Esp); it's a nice day
    2 (agradable al paladaren general) ser bueno; to be delicious, be nice (— de algo en particular) estar bueno; to be good, be delicious, be nice
    el guacamole es buenísimo guacamole is delicious o really nice
    ¡qué buena está la carne/esta pera! the meat/this pear is delicious
    la paella no te quedó or salió tan buena como la última vez the paella didn't turn out as well as last time
    3
    ¡qué bueno! ( AmL); great!
    ¡qué bueno que se te ocurrió traerlo! it's a good thing you thought of bringing it
    G [ ESTAR]
    (en buen estado): esta leche no está buena this milk is off o has gone off
    estos zapatos todavía están buenos these shoes are still OK o still have some wear in them
    ¿este pescado estará bueno? do you think this fish is all right?
    H [ ESTAR] ( fam)
    (sexualmente atractivo): está muy buena she's quite a looker (sl), she's gorgeous ( colloq), she's a bit of all right ( BrE sl)
    está buenísimo he's really gorgeous o dishy o hunky ( colloq), he's a real looker (sl), he's a bit of all right ( BrE sl)
    I
    (saludable, sano): tiene muy buen semblante she looks very well
    háblale por el oído bueno speak to him in his good ear
    aún no está bueno del todo ( Esp); he still hasn't recovered completely o isn't completely better
    bueno y sano ( Chi) (sin novedad) safe and sound; (sobrio) sober
    J (en fórmulas, saludos) good
    ¡buenos días! or ( RPl) ¡buen día! good morning
    ¡buenas tardes! (temprano) good afternoon; (más tarde) good evening
    ¡buenas noches! (al llegar) good evening; (al despedirse) good night
    dale las buenas noches a la abuela say good night to Grandma
    ¡buenas! ¿qué tal? ( fam); hi! o hullo! how are things? ( colloq)
    ¡buen viaje! have a good journey!
    ¡buen provecho! enjoy your meal, bon appetit
    de buenas a primeras (de repente) suddenly, all of a sudden, without warning
    no lo puedo decidir así, de buenas a primeras I can't make up my mind just like that
    A [ SER] (en sentido ético) ‹persona› good; ‹conducta/obra/acción› good
    fueron muy buenos conmigo they were very good to me
    un buen hombre a good man
    dígame, buen hombre … tell me, my good man …
    B [ SER] ‹niño› good
    sé buenito y no hagas ruido be a good little boy and don't make any noise
    A ( iró fam):
    ¡estás tú buena si crees que te va a ayudar! you must be crazy if you think he's going to help you
    ¡estaría bueno que ahora dijera que no! it'd be just great if he said no now! ( iro colloq)
    ¡en buena nos hemos metido! this is a fine mess we've got(ten) ourselves into
    darle una buena a algn ( fam); to give sb a good hiding ( colloq)
    de los buenos/de las buenas ( fam): nos echó un sermón de los buenos she gave us a real dressing-down ( colloq)
    (uso enfático): se llevó un buen susto she got a terrible fright
    lo que necesita es una buena paliza what he needs is a good thrashing
    se metió en un buen lío he got himself into a fine mess
    todavía nos falta un buen trecho we still have a fair way to go
    una buena cantidad a lot, a fair amount
    C
    un buen día one day
    un buen día se va a cansar y … one day o one of these days she's going to get fed up and …
    un buen día llegó y dijo … one (fine) day she came home and said …
    Compuestos:
    feminine physical fitness
    está en muy buenoa forma she's very fit, she's in very good shape
    la buenoa mesa good cooking
    es un amante de la buenoa mesa he's a lover of good food o cooking
    la Buenoa Nueva the Good News
    ¡buenoa pieza resultó ser Ernesto! a fine one o a right one Ernesto turned out to be! ( colloq)
    la buenoa vida the good life
    masculine good name
    el Buen Pastor the good Shepherd
    bueno2 -na
    masculine, feminine
    1 ( hum o leng infantil) (en películas, cuentos) goody ( colloq)
    los buenos y los malos the goodies and the baddies ( colloq hum), the good guys and the bad guys ( colloq)
    2
    (bonachón, buenazo): el bueno de Juan/la buena de Pilar good old Juan/Pilar
    A
    1 (expresando conformidad, asentimiento) OK ( colloq), all right
    ¿un café? — bueno coffee? — OK o all right
    2 (expresando duda, indecisión) well
    3
    (expresando resignación): bueno, otra vez será never mind, maybe next time
    5 (intentando calmar a algn) okay, all right
    bueno, bueno, tranquilízate okay, okay, calm down o all right, calm down
    B
    1
    (expresando irritación): bueno, se acabó, ¡a la cama! right, that's it, bed!
    ¡bueno, ya está bien! ¡os calláis los dos! right, that's enough, be quiet the pair of you!
    pero, bueno, ¿lo quiere o no lo quiere? well, do you want it or not?
    ¡y bueno! ¿qué querías que hiciera? ( RPl); well, what did you expect me to do?
    2 (expresando sorpresa, desagrado) (well) really!
    ¡bueno!, ¿qué manera de hablar es ésa? really! that's no way to talk!
    ¡bueno! esto era lo único que faltaba ( iró); oh, great! that's all we needed ( iro)
    C
    bueno, ¿dónde estábamos? now (then) o right (then), where were we?
    2
    (calificando lo expresado): no es un lugar turístico, bueno, no lo era it isn't a tourist resort, well o at least o at any rate, it didn't use to be
    era amarillo, bueno, más bien naranja it was yellow; well, actually it was more like orange
    D
    * * *

     

    bueno 1
    ◊ -na adjetivo buen is used before masculine singular nouns

    1 [ser]
    a)hotel/producto/trabajo good;


    la buena mesa good cooking
    b)remedio/método good;

    es bueno para la gripe/los dolores de cabeza it's good for the flu/headaches

    c)médico/alumno good;

    un buen padre/amigo he's a good father/friend;

    es muy buena en francés she's very good at French;
    es buena para los negocios she's got a good head for business
    d) (amable, bondadoso) good, kind;

    fueron muy buenos conmigo they were very good o kind to me

    e) (conveniente, correcto) good;


    no es bueno comer tanto it isn't good to eat so much;
    es bueno para la salud it's good for your health;
    su inglés es bueno her English is good
    2


    b) comida› ( en general)



    ( en particular)

    el guacamole es buenísimo guacamole is really good;
    esta sopa está muy buena this soup is very good
    c) ( favorable) ‹oferta/crítica good;


    3 [estar]
    a) ( en buen estado) ‹leche/pescado fresh;

    esta leche no está buena this milk is off o sour



    4 (saludable, sano) ‹costumbre/alimentación good;

    5
    a) (en fórmulas, saludos) good;

    ¡buenos días! good morning;

    ¡buenas tardes! ( temprano) good afternoon;

    ( más tarde) good evening;
    ¡buenas noches! ( al llegar) good evening;


    ( al despedirse) good night;
    ¡buen viaje! have a good trip!;

    ¡buen provecho! enjoy your meal


    un buen día one day
    c)

    ¡qué bueno! (AmL) great

    d)


    por las buenas willingly
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    a) (hum o leng infantil) (en películas, cuentos) goody (colloq);


    b) (bonachón, buenazo):

    el bueno de Juan/la buena de Pilar good old Juan/Pilar

    bueno 2 interjección
    1
    a) ( expresandoduda) well;

    (— conformidad) OK (colloq), all right;
    ¿un café? — bueno coffee? — OK o all right


    bueno, otra vez será never mind, maybe next time


    bueno, se acabó ¡a la cama! right, that's it, bed!;

    ¡y bueno! ¿qué querías que hiciera? (RPl) well, what did you expect me to do?
    2 (Méx) ( al contestar el teléfono)
    ¡bueno! hello

    bueno,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 good
    un café muy bueno, a very good coffee
    2 (bondadoso, bonachón) good, kind: es muy buena persona, she's a very kind soul
    3 (saludable) well, in good health: el niño se pondrá bueno en unos días, the child will be well again in a few days
    4 Meteor (apacible) good
    hoy hace muy buena noche, it's a lovely night tonight
    5 (rico, sabroso) good, nice: la cena estaba muy buena, the dinner was delicious
    6 (conveniente, provechoso) good: no es bueno que leas con esa luz, it's not good for you to read in this light
    sería bueno que nos reuniéramos los lunes, it would be a good idea if we met on Mondays
    7 (grande) considerable: un buen montón de dinero, a considerable amount of money
    8 fam (macizo) gorgeous, sexy: Javier está muy bueno, Javier's gorgeous
    9 irón fine, real: armó un buen jaleo, he kicked up quite a fuss
    ¡en buen lío nos hemos metido!, that's a fine mess we've got ourselves into!
    II sustantivo masculino y femenino (cándido, buenazo) el bueno de Pedro, good old Pedro
    III exclamación ¡bueno!, (vale) all right, OK
    (sorpresa) ¡bueno!, no me digas que te vas a casar, well!, don't tell me you're getting married!
    ♦ Locuciones: ¡buena la hemos hecho!, that's done it!
    ¡buenas!, hello!
    dar algo por bueno, to approve sthg
    estar de buenas, to be in a good mood
    ¡estaría bueno!, I should jolly well hope not!
    librarse de una buena, to get off scot free
    de buenas a primeras, suddenly, all at once
    por las buenas, willingly
    ' bueno' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    admitir
    - buen
    - buena
    - campeonato
    - canela
    - en
    - enrollada
    - enrollado
    - estar
    - estival
    - excedente
    - fantástica
    - fantástico
    - formidable
    - infravalorar
    - infravalorarse
    - inmejorable
    - magistral
    - más
    - mejor
    - pan
    - redundar
    - saber
    - saludable
    - vista
    - visto
    - antología
    - cara
    - conmigo
    - decir
    - igualmente
    - ir
    - malo
    - rollo
    - ser
    - súper
    - y
    English:
    anyhow
    - approval
    - as
    - assent
    - beauty
    - bright
    - brilliant
    - censor
    - clear
    - conducive
    - connotation
    - crush
    - decent
    - devil
    - endorse
    - endorsement
    - fair
    - fine
    - good
    - hot
    - hunk
    - indifferent
    - nearly
    - nice
    - OK
    - okay
    - quite
    - reasonable
    - right
    - satisfying
    - seal
    - short
    - so
    - something
    - such
    - sweet
    - thick
    - tick
    - to
    - upside
    - well
    - wind
    - worthy
    - allow
    - all right
    - anyway
    - be
    - better
    - bill
    - charitable
    * * *
    bueno, -a buen is used instead of bueno before masculine singular nouns (e.g. buen hombre good man). The comparative form of bueno is mejor (better), and the superlative form is el mejor (masculine) or la mejor (feminine) (the best).
    adj
    1. [en general] good;
    tu hijo es muy buen estudiante your son's a very good student;
    hacer ejercicio es bueno para la salud exercise is good for your health;
    la cena estaba muy buena the meal was very good;
    una buena oportunidad a good opportunity;
    los buenos tiempos the good times;
    ¿tienes hora buena? do you have the right time?;
    el juez de silla señaló que la bola fue/no fue buena the umpire said the ball was good/called the ball out;
    golpeó la pelota con la pierna buena he struck the ball with his stronger foot;
    tener buena acogida to be well received;
    tener buen aspecto [persona] to look well;
    [cosa] to look good;
    ir por buen camino to be on the right track;
    tener buen concepto de to think highly of;
    creo que éste no es un buen momento para decírselo I don't think this is a good time to tell her;
    lo bueno si breve dos veces bueno you can have too much of a good thing
    el buen salvaje the noble savage;
    el buen samaritano the Good Samaritan
    2. [bondadoso, amable] kind, good;
    ser bueno con alguien to be good to sb;
    ¡sé bueno! be good!
    3. [curado, sano] well, all right;
    ya estoy bueno I'm all right now;
    todavía no estoy bueno del todo I'm not completely better o recovered yet;
    ponerse bueno to get well
    4. [apacible] nice, fine;
    buen tiempo good o fine weather;
    hizo buen tiempo the weather was good;
    Esp
    ¿hace bueno ahí fuera? is it nice out?
    5. [aprovechable] all right;
    [comida] fresh;
    esta lecha no está buena this milk is bad o off
    6. [uso enfático]
    ese buen hombre that good man;
    una buena cantidad de comida a good o considerable amount of food;
    tiene una buena cantidad de libros she has a large amount of books, she has quite a few books;
    un buen susto a real fright;
    un buen lío a real o fine mess;
    un buen día se va a llevar un disgusto one of these days she's going to get a nasty shock;
    le cayó una buena reprimenda he got a stern ticking-off;
    le pegó un puñetazo de los buenos he punched her really hard, he gave her an almighty punch
    7. Fam [atractivo]
    estar bueno to be gorgeous o Br a bit of all right o Br tasty;
    ¡qué bueno está tu vecino! your neighbour's gorgeous o a real hunk!
    8. Irónico [muy malo] fine;
    ¡bueno es lo bueno! enough's enough!;
    ¡bueno está! that's enough!;
    ¡buen amigo te has echado! some friend he is!;
    ¡buen granuja estás hecho! you rascal!, you're a real rascal!;
    ¡buena la has armado o [m5] hecho! you've really gone and done it now!;
    librarse de una buena to have a lucky o narrow escape;
    de buena te libraste you had a lucky o narrow escape;
    ¡si te pillo no te librarás de una buena! if I catch you, you'll be in for it!;
    estaría bueno that would really cap it all;
    si te crees que va a aceptar, estás bueno you're kidding yourself if you think she's going to accept;
    estamos buenos como tengamos que esperarle if we have to wait for him we've had it;
    te has metido en una buena this is a fine mess you've got o US gotten yourself into!;
    poner bueno a alguien to criticize sb harshly
    9. [en saludos]
    ¡buenas! hello!;
    ¡buenas!, ¿qué tal? hi o hello, how are you?;
    ¡buenos días!, RP [m5]¡buen día! good morning!;
    ¡buenas tardes! [hasta las cinco] good afternoon!;
    [después de las cinco] good evening!;
    ¡buenas noches! good night!;
    no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say good morning to me
    10. [en frases]
    ¡buen provecho! enjoy your meal!;
    ¡buen viaje! have a good trip!;
    de buen ver good-looking, attractive;
    de buena gana willingly;
    ¡me comería un bocadillo de buena gana! I'd really like o Br I really fancy a sandwich!;
    lo hizo, y de buena gana he did it willingly;
    lo haría de buena gana, pero estoy ocupado I'd be pleased o more than happy to do it, but I'm busy;
    dar algo por bueno to approve sth;
    Am Fam
    estar en la buena to be on a roll;
    lo bueno es que… the best thing about it is that…;
    prueba este pastel y verás lo que es bueno try this cake, it's excellent;
    Irónico
    como no me lo des, verás lo que es bueno if you don't give it to me, you'll be in for it
    nm,f
    1. Cine
    el bueno the goody;
    los buenos siempre ganan the good guys always win
    2. [bonachón]
    el bueno de tu hermano your good old brother
    adv
    1. [vale, de acuerdo] all right, O.K.;
    ¿te acompaño hasta la esquina? – bueno would you like me to walk up to the corner with you? – O.K.;
    le pregunté si quería ayuda y me dijo que bueno I asked her if she needed any help and she said all right;
    ¿quieres venir con nosotros? – bueno do you want to come with us? – if you like o sure;
    bueno, yo ya me voy right, I'm off now;
    ¡te has equivocado! – bueno ¿y qué? you were wrong – yeah, so what?
    2. [pues] well;
    bueno, el caso es que… well, the thing is…
    3. Am [bien]
    ¡qué bueno! (that's) great!;
    ¡qué bueno que vinieron! I'm so glad that you could come!
    interj
    1. [expresa sorpresa]
    ¡bueno!, ¡qué alegría verte por aquí! hey, how nice to see you!;
    ¡bueno, mira quien está aquí! well, look who's here!
    2. [expresa irritación]
    ¡bueno!, ¡lo que faltaba! great, that's just what we needed!
    3. Col, Méx [al teléfono] hello
    buenas nfpl
    estar de buenas [bien dispuesto] to be in a good mood;
    de buenas a primeras [de repente] all of a sudden;
    [a simple vista] at first sight, on the face of it;
    así, de buenas a primeras, no sé qué decir I'm not sure I know what to say without thinking about it first;
    por las buenas willingly;
    intentamos persuadirlo por las buenas we tried to convince him the nice way;
    lo hará por las buenas o por las malas she'll do it whether she likes it or not;
    ¿quieres hacerlo por las buenas o por las malas? do you want to do it the easy or the hard way?
    * * *
    I adj
    1 good;
    buena voluntad goodwill;
    lo bueno es que … the best thing about it is that …;
    estar de buenas be in a good mood;
    ponerse bueno get well;
    dar algo por bueno approve sth;
    ahora viene lo bueno irón here comes the good bit;
    ¡ésta sí que es buena! irón fam that’s a good one!;
    ¡estaría bueno! irón fam oh, terrific!;
    lo bueno, si breve, dos veces bueno brevity is the soul of wit
    2 ( bondadoso) kind;
    3 ( sabroso) nice
    4
    :
    por las buenas willingly;
    por las buenas o por las malas whether we/they/etc like it or not;
    de buenas a primeras without warning;
    a la buena de Dios any which way, Br any old how
    II int
    :
    ¡bueno! well!;
    ¿bueno? Méx hello;
    ¡buenas! hello!;
    bueno día good morning;
    buenas noches good evening;
    buenas tardes good evening
    * * *
    1) : good
    una buena idea: a good idea
    2) bondadoso: nice, kind
    3) apropiado: proper, appropriate
    4) sano: well, healthy
    5) : considerable, goodly
    una buena cantidad: a lot
    6)
    buenos días : hello, good day
    7)
    buenas tardes : good afternoon
    8)
    buenas noches : good evening, good night
    bueno interj
    1) : OK!, all right!
    2) Mex : hello! (on the telephone)
    * * *
    bueno1 adj
    1. (en general) good [comp. better; superl. best]
    2. (agradable) nice
    ¡estas fresas están buenas! these strawberries are nice!
    3. (atractivo) gorgeous / good looking
    4. (sano) better
    cuando te pongas bueno, podrás salir a la calle you'll be able to go out when you get better
    5. (uso intensivo) big [comp. bigger; superl. biggest] / huge
    bueno2 adv (de acuerdo) OK / all right

    Spanish-English dictionary > bueno

  • 48 साधन _sādhana

    साधन a. (
    -नी f.) [साध् णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा]
    1 Accompli- shing, effecting &c.
    -2 Procuring.
    -3 Conjuring up (a spirit).
    -4 Denoting, expresssive of.
    -नम् 1 Accom- plishing, effecting, performing, as in स्वार्थसाधनम्.
    -2 Fulfilment, accomplishment, complete attiainment of an object; प्रजार्थसाधने तौ हि पर्यायोद्यतकार्मुकौ R.4.16.
    -3 A means, an expedient, a means of accomplishing any- thing; असाधना अपि प्राज्ञा बुद्धिमन्तो बहुश्रुताः । साधयन्त्याशु कार्याणि Pt.2.1; शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33,52; R.1.19; 4.36,62.
    -4 An instrument, agent; कुठारः छिदिक्रिया- साधनम्
    -5 The efficient cause, source, cause in general.
    -6 The instrumental case.
    -7 Implement, apparatus.
    -8 Appliance, materials.
    -9 Matter, ingredients, substance.
    -1 An army or a part thereof; व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत्साधनं सिद्धये Mu.5.1.
    -11 Aid, help, assistance (in general).
    -12 Proof, substantiation, demonstration.
    -13 The hetu or middle term in a syllo- gism, reason, that which leads to a conclusion; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितं बिभ्रत् सपक्षे स्थितिं । व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत् साधनं सिद्धये ॥ Mu.5.1.
    -14 Subduing, overcoming.
    -15 Subduing by charms.
    -16 Accomplishing anything by charms or magic.
    -17 Healing, curing.
    -18 Killing, destroying; फलं च तस्य प्रतिसाधनम् Ki.14.17.
    -19 Conci- liating, propitiating, winning over.
    -2 Going out, setting forward, departure.
    -21 Going after, following.
    -22 Penance, self-mortification.
    -23 Attainment of final beatitude.
    -24 A medicinal preparation, drug, medicine.
    -25 (In law) Enforcement of the the deli- very of anything, or of the payment of debt, infliction of fine.
    -26 A bodily organ.
    -27 The penis.
    -28 An udder.
    -29 Wealth.
    -3 Friendship.
    -31 Profit, advantage.
    -32 Burning a dead body.
    -33 Obsequies.
    -34 Killing or oxydation of metals.
    -35 Proof, argu- ment.
    -36 Conflict, battle.
    -37 (In gram.) Instru- ment, agent.
    -38 Making ready, preparation.
    -39 Gain, acquisition.
    -4 Calculation.
    -Comp. -अध्यक्षः Superintendent or captain of the military forces.
    -अर्ह a. worthy of being proved or accomplished.
    -क्रिया 1 a finite verb.
    -2 an action connected with a Kāraka.
    -क्षम a. admitting proof.
    -निर्देशः production of proof.
    -पत्रम् a document used as evidence.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > साधन _sādhana

  • 49 достойный лучшего применения

    General subject: worthy of a better cause

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > достойный лучшего применения

  • 50 с упорством, достойным лучшего применения

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > с упорством, достойным лучшего применения

  • 51 М-105

    НА ПУСТОМ (ГОЛОМ) МЕСТЕ PrepP these forms only adv fixed WO
    1. \М-105 начинать to start sth. at the very beginning, from nothing: (start) from scratch
    (in limited contexts) (start) with a clean slate.
    (Бакченин:) Мне на голом месте начинать. Я должен быть свободен, чтоб заставить себя заниматься, заставить сидеть над книгами в Публичке, вообще переключиться с этой жизни на ту... (Панова 1). (В.:) I need to start with a clean slate. I have to be free in order to make myself work, to make myself sit over books in the public library, to switch over from this life to the one I want... (1a).
    2. возникнуть, появиться и т. п. - (often neg) ( usu. of a cultural phenomenon, school of thought etc) (to emerge, spring etc) in isolation from and not founded on any already existing (phenomenon, school of thought etc): out of nowhere
    in a vacuum in vacuo.
    ...Много позже искусство христианской Европы строилось... не на пустом месте и не на греко-латинском фундаменте только, но на базе местных, древнеязыческих форм, чутких и восприимчивых к голосу новой эстетики именно соединением крайностей красоты и гротеска (Терц 3)....The much later art of Christian Europe arose not in vacuo and not on Greco-Latin foundations alone but on the basis of ancient pagan forms of its own, which proved entirely consonant with the aesthetics of the new era for the very reason that they already combined the extremes of the beautiful and the grotesque (3a).
    И не всё у них (западных авторов) ошибочно. Есть кое-что заслуживающее внимания. Не на пустом же месте они вырастают, а на здоровом древе познания (Зиновьев 1). ( context transl) And they (Western authors) are not always wrong. There is something there worthy of attention. They do not spring up like weeds in the desert, they are branches of the great and healthy tree of knowledge (1a).
    3. coll without any cause
    for no apparent reason
    for no reason at all
    Neg не на пустом месте = for good reason.
    Ссоры вспыхивали зря, на пустом месте... (Мандельштам 2). ( context transl) Our squabbles were about nothing at all... (2a)

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > М-105

  • 52 на голом месте

    НА ПУСТОМ < ГОЛОМ> МЕСТЕ
    [PrepP; these forms only; adv; fixed WO]
    =====
    1. на голом месте начинать to start sth. at the very beginning, from nothing:
    - [in limited contexts](start) with a clean slate.
         ♦ [Бакченин:] Мне на голом месте начинать. Я должен быть свободен, чтоб заставить себя заниматься, заставить сидеть над книгами в Публичке, вообще переключиться с этой жизни на ту... (Панова 1). [В.:] I need to start with a clean slate. I have to be free in order to make myself work, to make myself sit over books in the public library, to switch over from this life to the one I want... (1a).
    2. возникнуть, появиться и т.п. - [often neg]
    (usu. of a cultural phenomenon, school of thought etc) (to emerge, spring etc) in isolation from and not founded on any already existing (phenomenon, school of thought etc):
    - in vacuo.
         ♦...Много позже искусство христианской Европы строилось... не на пустом месте и не на греко-латинском фундаменте только, но на базе местных, древнеязыческих форм, чутких и восприимчивых к голосу новой эстетики именно соединением крайностей красоты и гротеска (Терц 3)....The much later art of Christian Europe arose not in vacuo and not on Greco-Latin foundations alone but on the basis of ancient pagan forms of its own, which proved entirely consonant with the aesthetics of the new era for the very reason that they already combined the extremes of the beautiful and the grotesque (3a).
         ♦ И не всё у них [западных авторов] ошибочно. Есть кое-что заслуживающее внимания. Не на пустом же месте они вырастают, а на здоровом древе познания (Зиновьев 1). [context transl] And they [Western authors] are not always wrong. There is something there worthy of attention. They do not spring up like weeds in the desert; they are branches of the great and healthy tree of knowledge (1a).
    3. coll without any cause:
    || Neg не на пустом месте for good reason.
         ♦ Ссоры вспыхивали зря, на пустом месте... (Мандельштам 2). [context transl] Our squabbles were about nothing at all... (2a)

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > на голом месте

  • 53 на пустом месте

    НА ПУСТОМ < ГОЛОМ> МЕСТЕ
    [PrepP; these forms only; adv; fixed WO]
    =====
    1. на пустом месте начинать to start sth. at the very beginning, from nothing:
    - [in limited contexts](start) with a clean slate.
         ♦ [Бакченин:] Мне на голом месте начинать. Я должен быть свободен, чтоб заставить себя заниматься, заставить сидеть над книгами в Публичке, вообще переключиться с этой жизни на ту... (Панова 1). [В.:] I need to start with a clean slate. I have to be free in order to make myself work, to make myself sit over books in the public library, to switch over from this life to the one I want... (1a).
    2. возникнуть, появиться и т.п. - [often neg]
    (usu. of a cultural phenomenon, school of thought etc) (to emerge, spring etc) in isolation from and not founded on any already existing (phenomenon, school of thought etc):
    - in vacuo.
         ♦...Много позже искусство христианской Европы строилось... не на пустом месте и не на греко-латинском фундаменте только, но на базе местных, древнеязыческих форм, чутких и восприимчивых к голосу новой эстетики именно соединением крайностей красоты и гротеска (Терц 3)....The much later art of Christian Europe arose not in vacuo and not on Greco-Latin foundations alone but on the basis of ancient pagan forms of its own, which proved entirely consonant with the aesthetics of the new era for the very reason that they already combined the extremes of the beautiful and the grotesque (3a).
         ♦ И не всё у них [западных авторов] ошибочно. Есть кое-что заслуживающее внимания. Не на пустом же месте они вырастают, а на здоровом древе познания (Зиновьев 1). [context transl] And they [Western authors] are not always wrong. There is something there worthy of attention. They do not spring up like weeds in the desert; they are branches of the great and healthy tree of knowledge (1a).
    3. coll without any cause:
    || Neg не на пустом месте for good reason.
         ♦ Ссоры вспыхивали зря, на пустом месте... (Мандельштам 2). [context transl] Our squabbles were about nothing at all... (2a)

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > на пустом месте

  • 54 acción

    f.
    1 action, act, deed.
    2 share, equity, stock certificate, share certificate.
    3 action, acting.
    4 action, movement.
    5 operation.
    6 suit, lawsuit, action, case.
    * * *
    1 action (acto) act, deed
    2 (efecto) effect
    3 COMERCIO share
    4 DERECHO action, lawsuit
    5 TEATRO plot
    6 MILITAR action
    \
    ejercitar una acción contra alguien DERECHO to bring an action against somebody
    entrar en acción MILITAR to go into action
    ponerse en acción to start doing something
    acción de gracias thanksgiving
    acción de guerra act of war
    campo de acción field of action
    hombre de acción man of action
    película de acción adventure film
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) act, deed
    3) share, stock
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=actividad) action

    ¡luces, cámara, acción! — lights, camera, action!

    en acción — in action

    estar en acción — Cuba * to be busy

    hombre de acción — man of action

    película de acción — action film, action movie ( esp EEUU)

    acción directa — (Pol) direct action

    2) (=acto) act

    deben ser juzgados por sus acciones y no por sus palabras — they should be judged by their deeds, not by their words

    buena acción — good deed

    mala acción, sufrirán justo castigo por sus malas acciones — they will receive fair punishment for their evil deeds

    3) (=efecto) [de medicamento, viento] action

    de acción retardada[bomba, mecanismo] delayed-action antes de s

    4) (Mil) [gen] action; (=operación) operation

    muerto en acción — killed in action

    fuerza o brigada de acción rápidarapid action force

    5) (Teat, Literat, Cine) (=trama) action
    6) (=movimiento) [de la cara, cuerpo] movement
    7) (Jur) action

    acción judicial, acción legal — [gen] legal action; (=pleito) lawsuit

    8) (Com, Econ) share

    emisión de acciones — share issue, stock issue

    acción cotizada en bolsa — listed share, quoted share

    acción ordinaria — ordinary share, common stock (EEUU)

    acción preferente — preference share, preferred stock (EEUU)

    acción primitiva — ordinary share, common stock (EEUU)

    * * *
    1) (acto, hecho) act
    2) ( actividad) action

    luces, cámara, acción! — lights, camera, action!

    3) (Mil) action

    acción defensiva/ofensiva — defensive/offensive action

    4) (influencia, efecto) action
    5) (Cin, Lit) ( trama) action, plot
    6) (Der) action, lawsuit
    7) (Fin) share

    accionesshares o stock

    8) (Per) ( de una rifa) ticket
    * * *
    1) (acto, hecho) act
    2) ( actividad) action

    luces, cámara, acción! — lights, camera, action!

    3) (Mil) action

    acción defensiva/ofensiva — defensive/offensive action

    4) (influencia, efecto) action
    5) (Cin, Lit) ( trama) action, plot
    6) (Der) action, lawsuit
    7) (Fin) share

    accionesshares o stock

    8) (Per) ( de una rifa) ticket
    * * *
    acción1
    1 = action, action, action project, deed.

    Ex: Coates believed that in order to conceptualise an action it is necessary to visualise the thing on which the action is being performed.

    Ex: Americans, convinced that education could be the panacea for all their ills, answered with vigorous action.
    Ex: Action projects include a computer database of all parochial charities in England and Wales, a survey of all charities, and production of a charity newsheet.
    Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.
    * acción compensatoria = anti-dumping action, countervailing action.
    * acción concertada = concerted action project, concerted action.
    * acción contra el fuego = fire response.
    * acción de averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooting [trouble shooting].
    * acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.
    * acción de ejercer presión = lobbying.
    * acción de guardar documentos = save.
    * acción de marcar un número = dialling.
    * acción de mejora = improvement action.
    * acción de volver a contar algo = retelling.
    * acción de volver a tejar = retiling.
    * acción directa = direct action project, direct action.
    * acciones legales = legal proceedings.
    * acciones positivas = affirmative action.
    * acción indirecta = indirect action project.
    * acción innegable = estoppel.
    * acción legal = legal action.
    * acción militar = military action.
    * acción policial = police response.
    * acción popular = class action suit, class action.
    * acción positiva = positive action.
    * acción transitiva = transitive actions.
    * ámbito de acción = territory, sphere of influence.
    * amplio radio de acción = broad scope.
    * área de acción = remit.
    * aventura de acción = action adventure.
    * campo de acción = purview, scope.
    * con una sola acción = in one action.
    * de acción = action-centered.
    * dentro del radio de acción = within range.
    * ejecutar una acción = effect + execution.
    * emprender acciones legales = take + legal proceedings, take + legal action.
    * emprender una acción = initiate + action.
    * entrar en acción = enter + the picture.
    * grupo de acción ciudadana = citizen action group, community action group.
    * impulsar a la acción = galvanise into + action.
    * incitar a Alguien a la acción = stir + Nombre + into action.
    * investigación-acción = action research.
    * libertad de acción = leeway.
    * línea de acción = course of action.
    * lleno de acción = actionful [action-full], action-packed.
    * llevar a cabo una acción = effect + execution.
    * película de acción = action movie, action adventure.
    * persona de acción = doer.
    * radio de acción = radius of + Posesivo + action.
    * realizar una acción = perform + action, effect + execution.
    * seguir un curso de acción = follow + track.
    * término de acción = action term.
    * trazabilidad de las acciones = action tracking.

    acción2
    2 = share, shareholding.

    Ex: Shares are generally bought and sold on the stock exchange.

    Ex: This article discusses the possibility of joint ventures, with Western companies purchasing a shareholding to give them a say in the running of Soviet organisations.
    * acciones = equities, stock, equity shares.
    * acciones ordinarias = common stock.
    * cartera de acciones = portfolio.
    * compra de acciones = shareholding.
    * cotización de las acciones = share price.
    * opción de compra de acciones = stock option.
    * precio de las acciones = share price.
    * sacar acciones al mercado = go + public.

    * * *
    A (acto, hecho) act
    hacer una buena acción to do a good deed
    una acción audaz a bold act
    acciones dignas de elogio praiseworthy acts o actions
    Compuesto:
    thanksgiving
    B (actividad) action
    pusieron el plan en acción they put the plan into action
    pasaron a la acción they took action
    mecanismo de acción retardada delayed action mechanism
    un hombre de acción a man of action
    novela de acción adventure story
    ¡luces, cámara, acción! lights, camera, action!
    C ( Mil) action
    entrar en acción to go into action
    las acciones del ejército contra los insurgentes the action taken by the army against the rebels, the raids o attacks by the army on the rebels
    acción defensiva/ofensiva defensive/offensive action
    no se descarta una acción militar contra ellos military action against them has not been ruled out
    muerto en acción killed in action
    Compuesto:
    acción de armas or de guerra
    military action
    D (influencia, efecto) action
    la acción erosiva del agua the erosive action of water
    E ( Cin, Lit) (trama) action, plot
    la acción se desarrolla or transcurre en Egipto the action o the story o the plot takes place in Egypt
    F ( Der) action, lawsuit
    Compuesto:
    legal action, lawsuit
    G ( Fin) share
    acciones en alza rising stocks o shares
    tiene el 51% de las acciones she holds 51% of the shares o stock
    emitir acciones to issue shares o stock
    Compuestos:
    voting share
    fpl listed o quoted stock, listed o quoted shares o stocks (pl)
    fpl issued stock, issued shares (pl)
    fpl bonus stock, bonus shares (pl)
    acciones nominales or nominativas
    fpl registered stock, registered shares (pl)
    fpl ordinary stock, ordinary shares (pl)
    acciones preferentes or de preferencia
    fpl preference stock, preference shares (pl)
    priority stock, priority shares (pl)
    fpl unlisted o unquoted stock, unlisted o unquoted shares o stocks (pl)
    H ( Per) (de una rifa) ticket
    * * *

     

    acción sustantivo femenino
    1 (acto, hecho) act;
    acciones dignas de elogio praiseworthy acts o actions;

    hacer una buena acción to do a good deed;
    acción de gracias thanksgiving
    2


    novela de acción adventure story;
    una película llena de acción an action-packed movie o (BrE) film
    b) (Mil) action

    c) (Cin, Lit) ( trama) action, plot

    3
    a) (Der) action, lawsuit

    b) (Fin) share;


    4 (Per) ( de una rifa) ticket
    acción sustantivo femenino
    1 action
    (acto) act
    acción de gracias, thanksgiving
    hombre de acción, man of action
    película de acción, adventure film
    2 Fin share
    ' acción' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acuartelamiento
    - alquiler
    - ampliar
    - andar
    - arrendamiento
    - asesinar
    - asesoramiento
    - burrada
    - campo
    - carga
    - cierre
    - clasificación
    - coger
    - comenzar
    - compinche
    - compra
    - conducción
    - construcción
    - continuamente
    - dar
    - desagüe
    - ejercer
    - embarcación
    - enfoque
    - enjuague
    - entablar
    - envío
    - estacionamiento
    - estímulo
    - estrechamiento
    - expandir
    - falsificación
    - gesto
    - hacer
    - hasta
    - hecha
    - hecho
    - hilada
    - hilado
    - impertinencia
    - importación
    - inocente
    - lectura
    - limpieza
    - localización
    - machada
    - mezcla
    - niñería
    - objeto
    - obra
    English:
    about
    - acceptance
    - accumulation
    - accustom
    - achievement
    - act
    - action
    - action-packed
    - adjourn
    - apparition
    - appearance
    - assignment
    - attachment
    - begin
    - bite
    - blameless
    - call
    - cause
    - cold-hearted
    - concoct
    - corrupt
    - cranberry
    - crime
    - crooked
    - cut
    - data processing
    - decision
    - dedication
    - delusion
    - doing
    - duplicate
    - elevation
    - favor
    - favour
    - feel
    - foolish
    - formidable
    - fraud
    - free rein
    - honourable
    - imitation
    - immodest
    - import
    - impossible
    - inept
    - insane
    - institute
    - institution
    - interest
    - jaywalking
    * * *
    nf
    1. [efecto de hacer] action;
    en acción in action, in operation;
    entrar o [m5] ponerse en acción [persona] to go into action;
    pasar a la acción to take action;
    puso la maquinaria en acción she switched on the machinery;
    películas de acción action movies o Br films;
    un hombre de acción a man of action
    Pol acción directa direct action
    2. [hecho] deed, act;
    una buena acción a good deed
    Rel acción de gracias thanksgiving
    3. [influencia] effect, action;
    la acción de la luz sobre los organismos marinos the effect of sunlight on marine organisms;
    acción detergente detergent effect;
    acción y reacción action and reaction
    4. [combate] action
    5. [de relato, película] action;
    la acción tiene lugar en Venezuela the action takes place in Venezuela
    6. Fin share;
    acciones esp Br shares, esp US stock
    acciones en cartera Br shares o US stock in portfolio;
    acciones liberadas paid-up Br shares o US stock;
    acciones ordinarias Br ordinary shares, US common stock;
    acción de oro golden share;
    acción al portador bearer share;
    acciones preferentes Br preference shares, US preferred stock;
    acciones de renta fija Br fixed-interest shares, US fixed-income stock
    7. Der acción civil civil action;
    acción legal lawsuit;
    iniciar acciones legales contra alguien to take legal action against sb;
    acción popular action brought by the People
    interj
    action!;
    ¡luces!, ¡cámaras!, ¡acción! lights!, camera!, action!
    * * *
    f
    1 action;
    entrar en acción come into action;
    poner en acción put into action
    2 COM share;
    acciones pl stock sg, Br shares
    * * *
    1) : action
    2) acto: act, deed
    3) : share, stock
    * * *
    1. (actividad) action
    2. (acto) act / deed
    3. (efecto) effect

    Spanish-English dictionary > acción

  • 55 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    - a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 56 ब्रह्मन् _brahman

    ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]
    1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.
    -2 A hymn of praise.
    -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.
    -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.
    -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.
    -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.
    -8 Religious penance or austerities.
    -9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.
    -1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.
    -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.
    -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.
    -13 Wealth.
    -14 Food.
    -15 A Brāhmaṇa.
    -16 Truth.
    -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.
    -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.
    -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.
    -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.
    1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]
    -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.
    -3 A devout man.
    -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.
    -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.
    -6 The sun.
    -7 Intellect.
    -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.
    -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.
    -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.
    -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.
    -1 Of Śiva.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.
    -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.
    -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).
    -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.
    -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.
    -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
    -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.
    -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.
    -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.
    -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.
    -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.
    -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.
    -2 N. of a forest.
    -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.
    -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 N. of a spell.
    -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.
    -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.
    -आत्मभूः a horse.
    -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.
    -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.
    -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.
    -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.
    -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.
    -आहुतिः f.
    1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.
    -2 the study of the Vedas.
    -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).
    -उत्तर a.
    1 treating principally of Brahman.
    -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.
    -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.
    -उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.
    -ऋषिः (
    ब्रह्मर्षिः or
    ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).
    -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.
    -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -करः a tax paid to the priestly class.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.
    -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).
    -कल्पः an age of Brahman.
    -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.
    -काष्ठः the mulberry tree.
    -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.
    -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.
    -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.
    -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.
    -गिरिः N. of a mountain.
    -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.
    -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.
    -गोलः the universe.
    -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).
    -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.
    -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.
    -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,
    -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).
    -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.
    -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.
    -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.
    -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).
    -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.
    -2 N. of a magical circle.
    -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.
    -2 religious study, self-restraint.
    -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (
    -र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (
    -र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.
    -चारिकम् the life of a religious student.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 studying the Vedas.
    -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.
    -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 of Skanda.
    -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.
    -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.
    -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -जन्मन् n.
    1 spirtual birth.
    -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.
    -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.
    -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.
    -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.
    -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.
    -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.
    (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.
    -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.
    -ज्योतिस् n.
    1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.
    -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.
    -तालः (in music) a kind of measure.
    -तेजस् n.
    1 the glory of Brahman.
    -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.
    -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.
    -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.
    -5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.
    -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).
    -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.
    -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.
    -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.
    -2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.
    -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दारुः the mulberry tree.
    -दिनम् a day of Brahman.
    -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.
    -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (
    -यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.
    (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.
    -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.
    -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.
    -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.
    -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.
    1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).
    -2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.
    -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.
    -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.
    -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.
    -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.
    -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (
    -ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.
    -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.
    -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.
    -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.
    -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.
    -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.
    -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.
    -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.
    -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.
    -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.
    -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.
    (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.
    -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (
    -त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.
    -2 the body; Ch. Up.
    -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).
    -2 N. of Benares.
    -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
    -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).
    -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.
    -प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.
    -बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.
    -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.
    -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.
    -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.
    -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.
    -2 the mulberry tree.
    -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.
    -भवनम् the abode of Brahman.
    -भागः 1 the mulberry tree.
    -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.
    -भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit
    -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.
    -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.
    -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.
    -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.
    -भूतिः f. twilight.
    -भूमिजा a kind of pepper.
    -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.
    -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.
    -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.
    -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.
    -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.
    -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.
    -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.
    -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.
    -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.
    -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मेखलः the Munja plant.
    -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)
    -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.
    -योनि a.
    1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (
    -निः) f.
    1 original source in Brahman.
    -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.
    -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.
    -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.
    -रवः muttering of prayers.
    -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.
    -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.
    -रात्रः early dawn.
    -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)
    -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.
    -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.
    -3 a particular constellation.
    -रीतिः f. a kind of brass.
    -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.
    -लोकः the world of Brahman.
    -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.
    -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.
    -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.
    -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.
    -वर्चस् n.,
    -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.
    -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.
    -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.
    -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.
    -वर्धनम् copper.
    -वाच् f. the sacred text.
    -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.
    -वादिन् m.
    1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.
    -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (
    -नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.
    -वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.
    -विद्, -विद a.
    1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.
    -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.
    -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.
    -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.
    -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.
    -वीणा a particular Vīṇā.
    -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.
    -2 the Udumbara tree.
    -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.
    -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.
    -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.
    -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.
    -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).
    -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.
    -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.
    -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas
    -व्रतम् a vow of chastity.
    -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).
    -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.
    -2 a place for reciting the Vedas.
    -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.
    -2 a command of Brahman.
    -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -4 instruction about sacred duty.
    -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.
    -श्री N. of a Sāman.
    -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.
    -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.
    -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.
    -2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.
    -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.
    -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.
    -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.
    -सभा the hall or court of Brahman.
    -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (
    -वः) N. of Nārada.
    -सर्पः a kind of snake.
    -सवः distillation of Soma.
    -सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.
    -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.
    -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.
    -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.
    -2 a kind of Ketu.
    -सुवर्चला f.
    1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).
    -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.
    -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.
    -2 N. of the god of love.
    -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.
    -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.
    -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.
    -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.
    -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.
    -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.
    -स्थानः the mulberry tree.
    -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.
    -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.
    -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.
    -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.
    -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > ब्रह्मन् _brahman

  • 57 स्थानम् _sthānam

    स्थानम् [स्था-ल्युट्]
    1 The act of standing or remaining, stay, continuance, residence; न किल भवतां देव्याः स्थानं गृहे$भिमतं ततः U.3.32.
    -2 Being fixed or stationary.
    -3 A state, condition; स्थानत्रयात्परं प्राप्तं ब्रह्मभूतमविक्रियम् Bhāg.1.18.26.
    -4 A place, spot, site, locality; अक्षमालामदत्त्वास्मात्स्थानात्पदात्पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् K.
    -5 Station, situation, position.
    -6 Relation, capacity; पितृस्थाने 'in the place or capacity of a father'; भक्ष्यस्थाने Pt.2.26.
    -7 An abode, a house, dwelling-house; स एव (नक्रः) प्रच्युतः स्थानाच्छुनापि परिभूयते Pt.3.46.
    -8 (a) A country, region, district. (b) A town, city.
    -9 Office, rank, dignity; अमात्यस्थाने नियोजितः.
    -1 Object; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11.
    -11 An occasion, a matter, subject, cause; पराभ्यूहस्थानाःयपि तनुतराणि स्थगयति Māl.1.14; स्थानं जरापरिभवस्य तदेव पुंसाम् Subhāṣ; so कलह˚, कोप˚, विवाद˚ &c.
    -12 A fit or proper place; स्थानेष्वेव नियोज्यन्ते भृत्याश्चाभरणानि च Pt. 1.72.
    -13 A fit or worthy object; स्थाने खलु सज्जति दृष्टिः M.1; see स्थाने also.
    -14 The place or organ of utter- ance of any letter; (these are eight:-- अष्टौ स्थानानि वर्णानामुरः कण्ठः शिरस्तथा । जिह्वामूलं च दन्ताश्च नासिकौष्ठौ च तालु च Śik.13.)
    -15 A holy place.
    -16 An altar.
    -17 A place in a town, square, court.
    -18 The place or sphere assigned after death to per- sons according as they perform or neglect their pres- cribed duties.
    -19 (In politics, war &c.) The firm at- titude or bearing of troops, standing firm so as to repel a charge; स्थाने युद्धे च कुशलानभीरुनविकारिणः Ms.7.19.
    -2 A halt.
    -21 A stationary condition, a neutral or middle state; स्थानं वृद्धिः क्षयश्चैव त्रिवर्गश्चैव दण्डजः Mb.12.59. 31.
    -22 That which constitutes the chief strength or the very existence of a kingdom, a stamina of a king- dom; i.e. army, treasure, town, and territory; Ms.7. 56 (where Kull. renders स्थानं by दण्डकोषपुरराष्ट्रात्मकं चतुर्विधम्).
    -23 Likeness, resemblance.
    -24 Part or divi- sion of a work, section, chapter &c.
    -25 The character or part of an actor.
    -26 Interval, opportunity, leisure.
    -27 (In music) A note, tone, modulation of the voice; तौ तु गान्धर्वतत्त्वज्ञौ स्थानमूर्च्छनकोविदौ Rām.1.4.1 (com.- 'यदूर्ध्वं हृदयग्रन्थे कपोलफलकादधः । प्राणसंचारणस्थानं स्थानमित्यभि- धीयते ॥...... इति शाण्डिल्यः).
    -28 A pose, posture (of ar- chers etc.).
    -29 An order of the life (आश्रम); मैत्रेयीति होवाच याज्ञवल्क्य उद्यास्यन्वा अरे$हमस्मात् स्थानादस्मि Bṛi. Up.2. 4.1.
    -3 Ground (भूमि); स्थानासनिनो भूमि-पाषाण-सिकता- शर्करा-वालुका-भस्मशायिनः Mb.12.192.1.
    -31 Sustenance, maintenance; यच्चेदं प्रभवः स्थानं भूतानां संयमो यमः । स्वभावेनैव वर्तन्ते द्वन्द्वसृष्टानि भूरिशः ॥ Mb.12.238.2 (com. स्थानं पोषणम्).
    -32 A mode or attitude in fighting; अस्त्रयन्त्राणि चित्राणि स्थानानि विविधानि च Mb.9.57.18.
    -33 Storage (of goods); आगमं निर्गमं स्थानं तथा वृद्धिक्षयावुभौ । विचार्य सर्वपण्यानां कारयेत् क्रयविक्रयौ ॥ Ms.8.41.
    -34 A state of perfect tranquil- lity.
    -35 Any organ of sense.
    -36 Shape, form, appea- rance (as of the moon).
    -37 An astronomical mansion.
    -Comp. -अधिकारः the superintendence of a shrine; Inscr.
    -अध्यक्षः 1 a local governor.
    -2 the superin- tendent of a place.
    -3 a watchman, police-officer.
    -आसनम् n. du. standing and sitting down.
    -आसेधः confinement to a place, imprisonment, arrest; cf. आसेध.
    -चञ्चला Ocimum Pilosum (Mar. तुकुमराई).
    -कुटिकासनम् leaving the house or any abode (स्थावरगृहत्याग); शिरसो मुण्डनाद्वापि न स्थानकुटिकासनात् Mb.3.2.14.
    -चिन्तकः a kind of quarter-master.
    -च्युत see स्थानभ्रष्ट.
    -टिप्पटिका the daily account; Śukra 3.369.
    -दप्ति (in augury) inauspicious on account of situation.
    -पालः a watch- man, sentinel, policeman; Y.2.173.
    -भूमि f. a dwel- ling-place, mansion.
    -भ्रष्ट a. ejected from an office, displaced, dismissed, out of employ.
    -माहात्म्यम् 1 the greatness or glory of any place.
    -2 a kind of divine virtue or uncommon sanctity supposed to be inherent in a sacred spot.
    -मृगः N. of certain animals (such as turtle, crocodile &c.).
    -योगः assignment of proper places; द्रव्याणां स्थानयोगांश्च क्रयविक्रयमेव च Ms.9.332.
    -विभागः (in alg.) subdivision of a number according to the position of its figures.
    -स्थ a. being in one's abode, at home.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > स्थानम् _sthānam

  • 58 स्व _sva

    स्व pron. a.
    1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य.
    -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14.
    -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14.
    -स्वः 1 One's own self.
    -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19.
    -3 The soul.
    -4 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -स्वा A woman of one's own caste.
    -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v.
    -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego.
    -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13.
    -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy.
    -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing.
    -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7.
    -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty.
    -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body.
    -अधीन a.
    1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent.
    -2 independent.
    -3 one's own subject.
    -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq.
    -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself.
    -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1.
    -3 the Veda itself.
    -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1.
    -अध्यायिन् m.
    1 a student of the Vedas.
    -2 a tradesman.
    -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f.
    1 self-experience.
    -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property.
    -अनुरूप a.
    1 natural, inborn.
    -2 worthy of oneself.
    -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17.
    -2 a cavern.
    -3 one's own death, end.
    -अर्जित a. self-acquired.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 self-interested.
    -2 having its own or true meaning.
    -3 having one's own object or aim.
    -4 pleonastic.
    (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15.
    -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended).
    -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a.
    1 clever in one's own affairs.
    -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object.
    -आनन्दः delight in one's self.
    -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7.
    -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken.
    - आहत a. coined by one's self.
    -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma.
    -उत्थ a. innate.
    -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place.
    -उपधिः a fixed star.
    -कम्पनः air, wind.
    -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45.
    -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1.
    -कर्मिन् a. selfish.
    -कामिन् a. selfish.
    -कार्यम् one's own business or interest.
    -कुलक्षयः a fish.
    -कृतम् a deed done by one's self.
    -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18.
    -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical lang- uage).
    -गृहः a kind of bird.
    -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13.
    -चर a. self-moving.
    -छन्द a.
    1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton.
    -2 spontaneous.
    -3 wild. (
    -न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (
    -न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, volunta- rily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15.
    - a.
    1 self-born.
    -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16.
    (-जः) 1 a son or child.
    -2 sweat, perspiration.
    -3 a viper. (
    -जा) a daughter. (
    -जम्) blood.
    -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5.
    -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.)
    -जातिः 1 one's own kind.
    -2 one's own family or caste.
    -ज्ञातिः a kinsman.
    -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7.
    -तन्त्र a.
    1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed.
    -2 of age, full-grown. (
    -न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (
    -न्त्रः) a blind man.
    -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36.
    -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman.
    -धर्मः 1 one's own religion.
    -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.
    -3 peculiarity, one's own rights.
    -निघ्न a. depending on or subservi- ent to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9.
    -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party.
    -2 a friend.
    -3 one's own opinion.
    -पणः one's own stake.
    -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 self-evident.
    -2 self-luminous.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent.
    -प्रधान a. independent.
    -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts.
    -बीजः the soul.
    -भटः 1 one's own warrior.
    -2 bodyguard.
    -भावः 1 own state.
    -2 an essential or inherent property, natu- ral constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f.
    1 spontaneous declara- tion.
    -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resem- blance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, sponta- neous, inborn.
    -भूः m.
    1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home.
    -मनीषा own judgement.
    -मनीषिका indifference.
    -मात्रेण ind. by one's self.
    -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal.
    -यूथ्यः a relation.
    -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58.
    -रसः 1 natural taste.
    -2 proper taste or sentiment in com- position.
    -3 a kind of astringent juice.
    -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.)
    -राज् a.
    1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28.
    -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m.
    1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 one of the seven rays of the sun.
    -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2.
    -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59.
    -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185.
    -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty.
    -2 own kingdom.
    -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom.
    -रुचिः one's own pleasure.
    -रूप a.
    1 similar, like.
    -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely.
    -3 learned, wise.
    (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159.
    -2 natural character or form, true constitution.
    -3 nature.
    -4 peculiar aim.
    -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v.
    -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property.
    -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34.
    -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16.
    -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2.
    -वश a.
    1 self-controlled.
    -2 independent.
    -वहित a.
    1 self-impelled.
    -2 alert, active.
    -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house.
    -विग्रहः one's own body.
    -विषयः one's own country, home.
    -वृत्तम् one's own business.
    -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions.
    -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence.
    -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14.
    -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self.
    -संस्था 1 self-abiding.
    -2 self-possession.
    -3 ab- sorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13.
    -स्थ a.
    1 self-abiding.
    -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exer- tions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37.
    -3 independent.
    -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also.
    -5 contented, happy. (
    -स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly.
    -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmen- tation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83.
    -स्वरूपम् one's true character.
    -हन्तृ m. suicide.
    -हरणम् confiscation of property.
    -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त.
    -हस्तिका an axe.
    -हित a. beneficial to oneself (
    -तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare.
    -हेतुः one's own cause.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > स्व _sva

  • 59 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 60 animadverto

    ănĭmadverto (archaic - vorto), ti, sum, 3, v. a. [contr. from animum adverto, which orthography is very freq. in the anteclass. period; cf. adverto, II. B.] (scarcely found in any poet beside Ter. and Verg.), to direct the mind or attention to a thing, to attend to, give heed to, to take heed, consider, regard, observe.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    alios tuam rem credidisti magis quam tete animum advorsuros,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 3:

    atque haec in bello plura et majora videntur timentibus, eadem non tam animadvertuntur in pace,

    Cic. Div. 2, 27:

    sed animadvertendum est diligenter, quae natura rerum sit,

    id. Off. 2, 20, 69:

    dignitas tua facit, ut animadvertatur quicquid facias,

    id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 2.—With ut, to think of:

    illud me non animadvertisse moleste ferrem, ut ascriberem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 5 (cf.:

    animos advertere, ne,

    Liv. 4, 45).—
    B.
    Esp., as t. t.
    1.
    Of the lictor, whose duty it was to give attention, to see, that the consul, when he appeared, should receive due homage (cf. Sen. Ep. 64; Schwarz ad Plin. Pan. 23, and Smith, Dict. Antiq., s. v. lictor):

    consul animadvertere proximum lictorem jussit,

    Liv. 24, 44 fin.
    2.
    Of the people, to whom the lictor gave orders to pay attention, to pay regard to:

    consule theatrum introeunte, cum lictor animadverti ex more jussisset,

    Suet. Caes. 80 Ruhnk.—
    II.
    Transf., as a consequence of attention.
    A.
    To remark, notice, observe, perceive, see (in a more general sense than above; the most usu. signif. of this word).
    a.
    With acc.:

    Ecquid attendis? ecquid animadvertis horum silentium?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 8, 20: utcumque animadversa aut existimata erunt, Liv. praef. med.:

    his animadversis,

    Verg. G. 2, 259; 3, 123 et saep.:

    Equidem etiam illud animadverto, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 12, 37 Beier.:

    nutrix animadvertit puerum dormientem circumplicatum serpentis amplexu,

    id. Div. 1, 36, 79.—
    b.
    With acc. and inf.:

    postquam id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    qui non animadverterit innocentes illos natos, etc.,

    Nep. Epam. 6, 3:

    turrim conlucere animadvertit,

    Tac. H. 3, 38.—
    c.
    With ind. quest.: quod quale sit, etiam in bestiis quibusdam animadverti potest, Cic.Am. 8, 27.—
    B.
    In a pregn. sense, to discern something, or, in gen., to apprehend, understand, comprehend, know (less freq. than the synn. cognoscere, intellegere, etc.):

    boni seminis sues animadvertuntur a facie et progenie,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 4:

    nonne animadvertis, quam multi effugerint?

    Cic. N. D. 3, 37, 89:

    ut adsint, cognoscant, animadvertant, quid de religione... existimandum sit,

    id. ib. 1, 6, 14:

    animadverti enim et didici ex tuis litteris te, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 5.—
    C.
    To notice a wrong, to censure, blame, chastise, punish (cf. the Engl. phrase to attend to one, for to punish):

    Ea primum ab illo animadvortenda injuriast,

    deserves to be punished, Ter. And. 1, 1, 129 (animadvortenda = castiganda, vindicanda, Don.):

    O facinus animadvortendum,

    O crime worthy of punishment, id. ib. 4, 4, 28:

    animadvertenda peccata,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 40:

    res a magistratibus animadvertenda,

    id. Caecin. 12:

    neque animadvertere neque vincire nisi sacerdotibus permissum = morte multare,

    to punish with death, Tac. G. 7.—Esp. freq. in judicial proceedings as t. t., constr. with in aliquem: qui institueras [p. 122] animadvertere in eos, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23:

    imperiti, si in hunc animadvertissem, crudeliter et regie factum esse dicerent,

    id. Cat. 1, 12, 30:

    qui in alios animadvertisset indictā causā,

    id. Fam. 5, 2; so Sall. C. 51, 21; Liv. 1, 26:

    in Marcianum Icelum, ut in libertum, palam animadversum,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 68; 1, 85; 4, 49; Suet. Aug. 15; id. Tib. 61; id. Calig. 30; id. Galb. 20; Dig. 48, 19, 8 al.;

    hence, effect for cause, animadverti,

    to offend, be censurable, Cic. Or. 3, 12.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > animadverto

См. также в других словарях:

  • worthy cause or institution — A cause or institution of a charitable character. Re Funk, 353 Pa 321, 45 A2d 67, 163 ALR 780 …   Ballentine's law dictionary

  • worthy cause — purpose which has good support …   English contemporary dictionary

  • worthy — I UK [ˈwɜː(r)ðɪ] / US [ˈwɜrðɪ] adjective Word forms worthy : adjective worthy comparative worthier superlative worthiest ** 1) formal deserving something worthy of: He had shown himself to be worthy of their respect. be worthy of… …   English dictionary

  • cause — I n. movement objective 1) to advance, champion, fight for, promote; serve a cause 2) to espouse, plead a cause 3) to take up a cause 4) a common; good, just, worthwhile, worthy cause (to make common cause with smb.) 5) a lost cause reason 6) to… …   Combinatory dictionary

  • cause — cause1 W1S2 [ko:z US ko:z] n [Date: 1200 1300; : Old French; Origin: Latin causa] 1.) a person, event, or thing that makes something happen →↑effect cause of ▪ Breast cancer is the leading cause of death for American women in their forties.… …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • cause — cause1 [ kɔz ] noun *** 1. ) count an event, thing, or person that makes something happen: cause of: The pathologist s report established the cause of death as extensive chest injuries. The major cause of these accidents is speeding by drivers.… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • cause */*/*/ — I UK [kɔːz] / US [kɔz] noun Word forms cause : singular cause plural causes 1) [countable] an event, thing, or person that makes something happen The major cause of these accidents is drivers going too fast. an essay on the causes of the First… …   English dictionary

  • worthy — wor|thy1 [ wɜrði ] adjective ** 1. ) worthy of FORMAL deserving something: He had shown himself to be worthy of their respect. be worthy of note/attention/consideration etc.: The committee is voting on one or two initiatives that are worthy of… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • worthy — wor|thy1 [ˈwə:ði US ˈwə:rði] adj 1.) [only before noun] deserving respect from people ▪ Leeds United were worthy winners of the competition. ▪ a worthy opponent 2.) be worthy of sth to deserve to be thought about or treated in a particular way ▪… …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • worthy — I. adjective (worthier; est) Date: 13th century 1. a. having worth or value ; estimable < a worthy cause > b. honorable, meritorious < worthy candidates > 2 …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • worthy — [ˈwɜːði] adj 1) formal deserving something He had shown himself to be worthy of their respect.[/ex] 2) a worthy person or thing has qualities that make people respect them a worthy winner[/ex] The money will go to a worthy cause (= an activity or …   Dictionary for writing and speaking English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»